View PDF

The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.

F ed er a l Reser ve Ba n k
DALLAS. TEXAS

of

Dallas

75222
Circular No. 80-210
October 31, 1980

MANUAL FOR RESERVE
COMPUTATION AND RESERVE MAINTENANCE
TO THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
OF ALL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS IN THE
ELEVENTH FEDERAL RESERVE DISTRICT:
There is enclosed a Manual for Reserve Computation and Reserve
Maintenance which has been prepared by the Eleventh Federal Reserve District
for use by all depository institutions located in this District. This Manual is
intended to assist depository institutions in calculating their reserve require­
ments and monitoring the maintenance of their reserve positions. It is intended
primarily for use by those individuals
responsible for computing reserve
requirements and managing a depository institution's reserve position.
The
Manual includes completed computation worksheets which cover most reporting
situations and illustrates
the proper method of computing a depository
institution's reserve requirements. In addition, there are blank forms available
in the Manual for the depository institution's use in computing reserve
requirements. Of course, the use of such computation worksheets is optional and
is for a depository institution's internal use only.
The Manual also contains a sample of the various accounting
statements which are prepared and transmitted by this Bank on a daily and
weekly basis. This Manual should serve as a functional guide for all depository
institutions in reserve computation and reserve maintenance. It is expected that
additional pages and/or sections may be added as necessary in order to provide
supplemental information. A permanent three-ring binder will be furnished to
your institution shortly in order to accommodate
this Manual.
It is noted that the Manual does not include detailed information
regarding the actual reporting of transaction accounts,
other deposits, and vault
cash. That information is included in the instructions for completing Form FR
2S00, Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash.
Questions regarding this Manual should be directed to Allan Neale at
the Head Office, Ext. 6334, or the manager of the Accounting Department at
our El Paso, Houston, or San Antonio Branches.
Sincerely yours,
Robert H. Boykin
First Vice President
Enclosure

Banks and others are encouraged to use the follo w in g incom ing WATS numbers in c on tacting this Bank:
1-800-442-7140 (intrastate) and 1-800-527-9200 (interstate). For calls placed locally, please use 651 plus the
extension referred to above.

This publication was digitized and made available by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas' Historical Library (FedHistory@dal.frb.org)

M

A

N

F

R

E

S

E

R

V

E

C

O

O

A

R

E

S

E

R

V

E

M

U

L

P

U

T

A

T

I

O

N

N

T

E

N

A

N

C

E

R

M

N

A

A

D

I

Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas

M A N U A L
R E S E R V E

R E S E R V E

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF DALLAS
ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT
OCTOBER 1980

FOR

C O M P U T A T I O N

M A I N T E N A N C E

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND CONCEPTS RELATED TO REQUIRED RESERVES

GUIDE TO COMPLETED COMPUTATION WORKSHEETS AND BLANK FORMS
MEMBER BANKS AND FORMER MEMBER BANKS
FR 2900
Computation Worksheets
NONMEMBERS, SAVINGS & LOANS, DENOVOS AND NEW MEMBERS
FR 2900
Computation Worksheets
CREDIT UNIONS
FR 2900
Computation Worksheets
EDGE CORPORATIONS
FR 2900
Computation Worksheets
BLANK WORKSHEETS FOR DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS1 USE
MEMBER BANKS AND FORMER MEMBER BANKS
13 pages
NONMEMBERS, SAVINGS & LOANS, DENOVOS AND NEW MEMBERS
9 pages
CREDIT UNIONS
6 pages
EDGE CORPORATIONS
8 pages
GUIDE TO DAILY AND WEEKLY STATEMENTS
PRESTATEMENT
PRESTATEMENT - SUMMARY OF COMMINGLED ACCOUNTS
RESERVE ACCOUNT STATEMENT
STATEMENT OF RESERVE POSITION
PRELIMINARY/FINAL STATEMENT OF RESERVE POSITION
APPENDICES
Appendix A - Current Schedule of Computation and Related Reserve
Maintenance Periods
Appendix B - Deferred Accounts for Transactions Affecting Reserve
Accounts
Appendix C - Contacts regarding Reserve Computation and Reserve
Maintenance at appropriate Eleventh District Office:
Dallas, El Paso, Houston, San Antonio.

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this Manual is to assist depository institutions
in (a) calculating their reserve requirements and (b) monitoring the
maintenance of their required reserves.

It is intended primarily for use

by those individuals responsible for computing reserve requirements and
managing a depository institution's reserve position.

This Manual is

replete with computation worksheets which cover most reporting situations
and serve to illustrate the proper method of computing a depository
institution's reserve requirement.

In addition, it capsulizes the various

accounting statements which are prepared and transmitted by this Bank on a
daily and weekly basis.

It is our intent for this Manual to serve as a

functional guide to the reserve computation and reserve maintenance needs
of all depository institutions which deal with us.

It does not include

detailed information regarding the actual reporting of transaction ac­
counts, other deposits and vault cash.
data

is covered

well

in the

The appropriate reporting of such

line-by-line detailed

instructions for

preparation of the "Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits, and
Vault Cash (FR 2900)".
Although

the detailed

preparation

of Form

FR 2900 is not

addressed in this Manual, an emphasis on the accurate preparation and
timely submission of the form is appropriate.

Obviously, the FR 2900

reporting form is directly related to the computation of reserve require­
ments (as illustrated elsewhere in the Manual).

Therefore, submission of

accurate data on the FR 2900 reporting form not only contributes directly
to the implementation of monetary policy but also results in the correct
calculation of each depository institution's reserve requirement.

Ac­

cordingly, please read carefully the line-by-Tine instructions for com­
p letin g

the

" R e p o rt

o f T r a n s a c t i o n A c c o u n ts ,

O ther D e p o s its

and V au lt

For your convenient reference, a sample of the reporting forms
contained in this section of the Manual as follows:
—

FR 2900 (Report of Transaction Accounts, Other De­
posits and Vault Cash). This form is to be used
by all depository institutions.

—

FR 2950 Report of Certain Eurocurrency Trans­
actions (For All Depository Institutions Other
Than U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks).
This form is to be used for reporting certain Euro­
currency transactions.

—

FR 2951 Report of Certain Eurocurrency Trans­
actions (From U.S. Branches and Agencies of
Foreign Banks). This form is to be used for
reporting certain Eurocurrency transactions.

F n 2900

Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash
(This nine-column form is for i l lu s t r a t iv e purposes only in order to be co n sisten t
with the completed forms contained in th is Manual. However, the actual report­
ing form which w ill be used weekly by a ll reporting depository in s titu tio n s
does not contain column 9. It is an 8-column form.)
R e p o r t all b a l a n c e as o t t h e clos e o l bu siness ea ch d a y t o th e nearest t h o u s a n d d o l l a r * .
C o lu m n 1

Column ?

C o lu m n 6

C o lu m n 3

Tue sday

T h u rs d a y
Ite m s

M ils .

Thous,

I T h o u s.

M ils.

I Thous.

M ils .

I Thous.

M i ls .

I Thous.

Daily Average

Wednes day
M ils,

lT h o u s ,

Mils.

(T h o u s .

M ils .

| Thous.

T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
D e m a n d D e p o s its
1.

D ue T o D e p o s ito ry In s titu tio n s :

2.

U . S . G o v e r n m e n t .................................

'r
in
2

3.

O th e r D e m a n d

3

a.

8 a n k s . . . ......... ......................................

b. O th e r D e p o s ito r y In s titu tio n s ,

O th e r T ra n s a c tio n A c c o u n ts
4

4.

A T S A c c o u n t s ........................ ............................................

5.

T e l e p h o n e a n d P r e a u t h o r i e d T r a n s f e r s ............

5

6.

N O W A c c o u n t s / S h a r e D r a f t s ....................................

E

2

7

7. T o ta l (m u s t eq u a l sum o f Ite m s 1 th ro u g h 6 above)

D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
8.

D e m a n d B a la n c e s D u e F r o m D e p o s it o r y I n s t i t u t i o n s in t h e U .S .:

8

9.

C a s h I t e m s i n P r o c e s s o f C o l l e c t i o n ..................................................................

9

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E P O S IT S
O t h e r S a vin g s D e p o s its
10.

N o n p e r s o n a ! ......................................................................................................

12.

T o ta l ( m u s t eq u a l s u m o f Ite m s 1 0 a n d 1 1 )

10
1
1
12

P e r s o n a l ...............................................................................................................

11.

.................. ..

T im e D e p o s its
13.

P e rs o n a l {re g a rd le s s o f m a t u r i t y )

14.

13

N o n p e rs o n a l:
a.

................................................ ...

O r i g i n a l m a t u r i t y o f less t h a n 4 y e a r s

b . O rig in a l m a t u r i t y n f 4 ye a rs o r m o r e
15.

T o ta l (m u s t eq ua l sum o f Ite m s 13 and 1 4 }

16.

14a

....................................

14b

........................ . . .

15

. . . . j ...............

A l l T i m e D e p o s it s in D e n o m i n a t i o n o f $ 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 o r m o r e
{ i n c l u d e d i n I t e m s 1 3 a n d 1 4 ) ............................................................ ..

17.

16

V A U L T C A S H ..................................................................................................................

17

R e p o r t all ba la nce s a t o l t h t c l o i f l o f business eac h d a y t o th e nearest th o u s a n d d a l la ri.
C o lu m n 1

C o lu m n 3

C o lu m n 4

T h u rs d a y

F rid a y

S a tu rd a y

Sunday

M il s .

Iie m i
SCHEDULE A: O THER

C o lu m n 2

1T h o u s .

M ils ,

j Thou*.

M ils

j Th ouS,

M ifs.

I Thous,

C olu m n 5
M onday
M ils ,

j Th o u s.

C o lu m n 8

C o lu m n 7

C o lu m n 8

C olu m n 9

Tue sda y

WednasdBy

Tota«

D a ily Ave ra ge

M tlj.

| Th o u s.

Mils.

[T h o u s .

M il s .

| Thous

M ils

1 Thous

R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S B Y R E M A IN IN G M A T U R IT Y

In e lig ib le A c c e p ta n c e s a n d O b lig a tio n s b y A ffilia te s
1.

M a t u r i n g i n le ss t h a n 1 4 d a y s ....................................................... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.

M a t u r i n g i n 1 4 d a y s o r m o r e b u t le ss t h a n 4 y e a r s

,

a
.

P e r s o n a l ......................................................................................................................................................

2a

b.

N o n p e r s o n a l ........................ .. ....................................................................... .................... ....................

2b

f R 2 9 fi0

Report of Certain Eurocurrency Transactions
For Al Depository Institutions Other Than U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks
l

C o lu m n 1

C o lu m n 2

C o lu m n 3

C o lu m n 4

C o lu m n h

B o rro w in g s f r o m
Assets S o ld t o

N o n -U .S . O ffic es of
O th e r D e p o s ito ry

Day of
W eek

Gross Balances

an d H e ld by O w n

I n s titu tio n s and

Da le

Gross Balances
Due to O w n

Due fro m O w n

N o n - U .S . Branches

f r o m C e rta in

N o n -U .S . Branches

N o n -U .S .B ran ch e s

A c q u ir e d f r o m
U S . O ffic e s

D esig nated N o n -U .S .

C r e d it E x te n d e d b y
O w n N o n - U .S .
B ranches to
U .S . Resid ents

E n tities
M o n th

Day

1. Thu rs day

2. F r rday

3. S a turda y

4 . Su nday

5. M o n d a y

6. Tuesday

7 W ednesday

8

9.

TOTAL

D a il y A verage

M il j.

Thous.

M ils.

Tho us.

M ils.

Thous.

Mils.

Thous.

M ils.

Thous.

Report of Certain Eurocurrency Transactions
From U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks

C o lu m n 2

C o lu m n 3

N o n -U .S . O ffic es o f

Gross Liabilities

Gross C laim s

O th e r D e p o s ito ry

to N o n -U .S .

on N o n -U .S .

In s t it u t io n s and

Pa rent Bank

Parent B ank

f r o m C e rtain

and Its N o n -U .S .

and Its N o n -U .S .

Desig nated N o n U .S .

O ffic es

O ffic es

C o lu m n 1
B o rro w in g s f r o m

Day of
W eek

Date

Day

Mils.

Thous.

Mils.

Thous.

Thous.

Mils.

1. Thu rs day
m

2. F rid a y

3. S a tu rd a y

4. Su n d ay

5. M o n d a y

6 . Tuesday

7. W ednesday

8

9.

TOTAL

D a ily Average

C o lu m n 5

T o t a l Assets M inu s

Assets S o fd t o a n d

the Sum o f Cash,

H e ld b y C e rta in

Certain O th e r

R e la t e d N o n -U .S .

Assets, and

I n s t it u t io n s t h a t

D u e fro m U .S . a n d

w e re A c q u ir e d

N o n -U .S . O ffic es

E n titie s
M o n th

C o lu m n 4

f r o m U .S . O ffic e s

Mils.

Th o u s.

M ils.

T ho us.

DEFINITION OF TERMS
AND CONCEPTS RELATED
TO REQUIRED RESERVES

DEFINITION OF TERMS AND
CONCEPTS RELATED TO REQUIRED RESERVES

This section introduces the terms which are fundamental to an understand­
ing of reserve requirements and reserve maintenance.
LAGGED RESERVES
Reserves are maintained on a lagged basis.

The reserve requirement

against the average daily amount of certain balances for a given week must
be satisfied during the reserve week ending two weeks later. The reserve
week

covers

following

seven

days;

Wednesday.

it

always

For example,

begins
the

on Thursday

and

reserve requirement

ends
on

on

the

account

balances for the week ending Wednesday, November 5, 1980, must be satisfied
during the week ending November 19, 1980.
"COMPUTATION
Appendix

PERIOD."

A for

The

The former week is called the

is

the

schedule

a current

latter

"MAINTENANCE

of

computation

PERIOD."

periods

(See

and

related

A reserve requirement is satisfied by a combination of

(a) the

maintenance periods).

daily average balance of currency and coin held (vault cash plus cash in
transit to or from the Federal Reserve Bank or correspondent) during the
computation
balance

period, and

(b)

(adjusted for reserve

maintenance peri od.

the daily

average

("as of")

reserve

account

closing

adjustments) during the reserve

(Refer to Section 204.3 of Regulation D.)

AVERAGING
A reserve requirement is based on the average daily balances in
specified

accounts.

The

maintained

reserve

balance

consists

of

the

average daily reserve account balances maintained at the Federal Reserve
Bank and the average daily currency and coin balance during the computation
period.

Although depository institutions should make reasonable efforts

to maintain their required reserves from day to day, making allowance for

unforeseen fluctuations in reserves, an excess in one or more day's reserve
position can be offset by maintaining less reserves on the following day or
on the remaining days in the reserve maintenance period.
account balances

(overdrafts),

however,

Negative reserve

are not permitted and penalties

may be assessed on reserve account overdrafts.

Similarly,

a shortage in

one or more day's reserve position can be offset by maintaining excess
reserves on the following day or on the remaining days during the reserve
maintenance period.
The reserve account balance as of the close of business on Friday
is also the balance which will
computing
Bank.

the

average

daily

be recorded

for

balance maintained

Saturday
at

and

Sunday

the Federal

in

Reserve

Likewise, the reserve account balance recorded for a holiday will be

the closing balance from the preceding business day.
CARRYOVER
A depository

institution

is permitted to carry forward excess

reserves to the next following reserve period.

Such an allowable excess

can be used to help offset any deficiency which may be incurred in that
period.

Similarly, a depository institution may carry forward a deficien­

cy in reserves which must be offset by a reserve excess in the next period
in order to avoid a penalty on that portion of a deficiency that is carried
forward.

An excess or deficiency cannot be carried over to the second

period following the period in which the excess or deficiency occurs.

The

amount carried over cannot exceed two percent of the reserve requirement in
the period

in which the excess or deficiency occurs.

(Refer to Section

204.3 of Regulation D).
RESERVE

("AS OF") ADJUSTMENTS
Reserve account "analysis adjustments" (also referred to as "as

of"

adjustments

or

as

"improvements"

issued only to correct for the

or

"deprovements")

are

generally

impact on maintained reserves of errors

originated by Federal

Reserve offices but may also be issued to correct

errors originated by depository institutions in transactions of record on
the books of a Reserve office (typically, transfers of funds misrouted to
a wrong depository institution and transfers for amounts other than the
amounts intended).^/

A reserve ("as of") adjustment is an adjustment to

the amount of "maintained reserves" (vault cash, reserve account balances,
and any prior reserve adjustments)

used in determining whether adequate

reserves have been maintained to meet an institution's reserve require­
ment.

It is a memorandum item and not an accounting entry.
The relationship between a depository institution's maintained

reserves
Reserve

and

its

required

adjustments

can

reserves

affect

not

is

called

only

the

its

"reserve

current

position."

period's

reserve

position by affecting the current period's maintained reserves, but also
the prior period's maintained reserves and reserve position (and, thereby,
any excess or deficiency carryover), and even a future period's maintained
reserves and reserve position.
PENALTIES
Deficiencies in Required Reserves
When
quate

to meet

a depository institution fails to maintain reserves ade­
its

reserve

requirement

period, it is subject to a penalty.

in

a given

reserve

maintenance

The amount of the penalty is contingent

upon the amount of the deficiency and the applicable penalty rate.
penalty rate is two percent above the basic discount rate
beginning of the

T7

month in which

the deficiency

occurs.

The

in force at the
The following

Reserve ("as of")
adjustments are also issued for deferred avail­
ability items, e . g . , interdistrict cash letters, when this Bank is
closed but the receiving Federal
Reserve Bank
is open on the
availability date.
They may also be issued for the failure of
depository institutions to initiate transactions if that failure
causes a deficiency in the account of another depository institution.
Normally, the latter circumstances arise only on the last business day
of a reserve maintenance period.

f o r m u l a i s used t o c a l c u l a t e t h e amount o f a p e n a l t y :
(Amount of Deficiency) X (7 Days in Period) X (Discount Rate + 2%)
(Number of Days in Year)

In determining whether to assess a penalty for a deficiency in required
reserves,

the Reserve Bank will consider the circumstances

involved

and

the reserve maintenance history of the depository institution incurring
the deficiency.

(Refer to Section 204.7 of Regulation D).

Overnight Overdrafts in Reserve Accounts
Although depository

institutions

have some flexibility in ad­

justing the balances in their reserve account from day-to-day so that their
reserve requirement is satisfied on an average daily basis during a reserve
maintenance

period,

excesses

in reserve

account

cannot be offset with overdrafts on other days.

balances

on

some

days

If an overdraft should

occur, Reserve Banks may, depending on the circumstances and the overdraft
history of the overdrawn institution, assess a penalty.
will be computed at an annual

rate of 10 percent.

The penalty amount

The minimum assessed

penalty is $50.
In addition, the Federal Reserve System views overdrafts which
occur in reserve accounts during the course of the business day (so-called
"daylight overdrafts") as an undesirable banking practice,

Regardless of

an institution's record of avoiding overnight overdrafts, a Reserve Bank
may take steps to control or limit a depository institution's use of its
reserve

account

if

it

makes

frequent

or

excessive

use

of

daylight

overdrafts.
PASS-THROUGH OF REQUIRED RESERVES
A depository

institution that

is not a member of the Federal

Reserve System may choose either to deposit its required reserves directly
with

a Reserve

throug h:

Bank or Branch or to pass

its required reserve balances

(1) a correspondent that maintains a required reserve balance at a Federal
Reserve Bank, (2) a Federal Home Loan bank,
Administration

Central

Liquidity

(3) The National Credit Union

Facility,

or

(4)

another

institution

authorized by the Board to pass through required reserve balances.

(Refer

to Sections 204.2(e) and 204.3(i ) of Regulation D).
Every

depository

counts or nonpersonal

institution

time deposits

that

maintains

is required

transaction

to file

its

ac­

report

of

balances subject to reserve requirements directly with its local Federal
Reserve Bank or Branch, regardless of whether it chooses to maintain its
required reserve balances directly with a Reserve Bank or Branch on a pass­
through basis.
Details on pass-through arrangements are available through the
Accounting Department.

•

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS
Regulation
lishes

schedules

of

D,

"Reserves

adjustments

of

Depository

to the required

Institutions,"
reserves

of

estab­

different

classes of depository institutions during the period of implementation of
the Monetary Control Act of 1980.
increases

or

decreases

in

These adjustments will take the form of

required

reserves.

requirements will be adjusted for a period
years,

or

until

March

1984.

Denovo

Member

banks'

reserve

of up to three and one-half

depository

institutions

and

U.S.

branches and agencies of foreign banks will have their required reserves
adjusted

for

two

years.

The

reserves

of

most

nonmember

depository

institutions will be adjusted over a period of eight years.

(Refer to

Section 204.4 of Regulation D).
TRANSITIONAL WAIVERS
In 1975, the Board of Governors of the Federal

Reserve System

adopted a policy providing for transitional relief from the increase in
reserve

requirements

resulting from a bank joining the Federal

Reserve

System or from a merger of a nonmember or member bank
member bank.

into an existing

The policy was designed to allow these institutions to assume

gradually the maintenance of additional reserves.
relief was extended to denovo member banks.

In 1976, transitional

The relief is provided in the

form of waivers of penalties that would otherwise be imposed for at least
a portion of reserve deficiencies.

The amount of the deficiency on which

a penalty waiver is granted declines in gradiants to zero over a two-year
period.

Transitional

waivers

do

not

apply

to member

bank mergers

or

depositories joining the Federal Reserve System subsequent to September 1,

GUIDE TO COMPLETED
COMPUTATION WORKSHEETS
AND BLANK FORMS

GUIDE TO COMPLETED COMPUTATION WORKSHEETS
AND BLANK FORMS

A computation worksheet is completed for all types of depository
institutions
Transaction

and

is

Accounts,

keyed
Other

to

a

completed

Deposits

and

Form
Vault

FR
Cash.

2900,

Report

The

of

completed

computation worksheets illustrate most types of reporting situations for
most types of depository institutions and cover such diverse transaction
account situations as no NOW accounts, NOW accounts less than tranche, and
NOW accounts greater than tranche and serve to illustrate the proper method
of computing a depository institution's reserve requirement.
Regarding the completed Form FR 2900 and completed computation
worksheets in this section, several

important points should be noted:

—

The Form FR 2900 used in this section is a
9-column form.
This 9-column form is used
for illustration purposes only in completing
the computation worksheet.
The Form FR 2900
to be used by all depository institutions
for regular weekly reporting is an 8-column form.

—

The daily average (column 9) amount is calcu­
lated by dividing the 7-day total of balances
(column 8) by seven in order to facilitate the
completion of the computation worksheet.

—

These computation worksheets are provided for a d e ­
pository institution to use as an internal document
for calculating its reserve requirements.

—

Use of the computation worksheet is optional.
If computation worksheets are used, they are
not to be submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank.

—

These worksheets may not apply to depository
institutions involved in mergers or consolidations
after June 30, 1979.
Please contact the local
Federal Reserve Bank for the reserve requirement
calculation applicable to such institutions.

An index of completed Forms FR 2900 and related computation
worksheets used in this section is shown below for your information.

Member Banks and Former Member Banks
Completed FR 2900 - No NOW Accounts
Completed Computation Worksheets - No NOW Accounts (13 pages)
Completed FR 2900 - NOW Accounts less than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - NOW Accounts less than
tranche (13 pages)
Completed FR 2900 - NOW Accounts greater than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - NOW Accounts greater than
tranche (13 pages)
Nonmembers, Savings & Loans,

Denovos, New Members

Nonmembers
Completed FR 2900 - No NOW Accounts
Completed Computation Worksheets - No NOW Accounts

(9 pages)

Completed FR 2900 - NOW Accounts less than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - NOW Accounts less than
tranche (9 pages)
Completed FR 2900 - NOW Accounts greater than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - NOW Accounts greater than
tranche (9 pages)
Savings & Loans
Completed FR 2900 - No NOW Accounts
Completed Computation Worksheets - No NOW Accounts

(9 pages)

Completed FR 2900 - NOW Accounts less than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - NOW Accounts less than
tranche (9 pages)
Completed FR 2900 - NOW Accounts greater than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - NOW Accounts greater than
tranche (9 pages)
Denovos - No completed forms; however, computation worksheet
preparation utilizes standard 9-page form used
in this section.
New Members - No completed forms; however, computation worksheet
preparation utilizes standard 9-page form used
in this section.

C r e d i t Unions
Completed FR 2900 - Transaction Accounts less than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - Transaction Accounts less
than tranche (6 pages)
Completed FR 2900 - Transaction Accounts greater than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - Transaction Accounts greater
than tranche (6 pages)
Edge Corporations
Completed FR 2900 - Transaction Accounts less than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - Transaction Accounts less
than tranche (8 pages)
Completed FR 2900 - Transaction Accounts greater than tranche
Completed Computation Worksheets - Transaction Accounts greater
than tranche ( 8 pages)

NOTE:
During the preparation of the Form FR 2900 and related computation
worksheets for this section of the Manual, no attempt was made to
incorporate sample data from Schedule A of Form FR 2900 (Other Reservable
Obligations by Remaining Maturity) or from Forms FR 2950 and FR 2951
(Report of Certain Eurocurrency Transactions).

COMPUTATION WORKSHEETS
MEMBER BANKS AND
FORMER MEMBER BANKS

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash

M

2900

N N W ACCOUNTS
O O

R e p o d a ll b a la nce* a t o l th a c l o i e c t b u n n n i aach d a y t o tha n e a r » u i h o u i a n d d o l l a r ! .
C o lu m n 5

Column 1
Sat urday

Itemi

Mtl».

Thou*

Su<nl j y

Mill

Thtfm

C fl'u m n 0

C o l umn 6

WadoauJay
M ill,

llh o u l.

C o lu m n B

DlyAeitg
u v a
Mila jThou*

T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
Demand Deposit!
1.

Due To Depository Inttitutions:
I . B a n k s ............................................................ .....................................................
b. Other Depository Institutions....................................................................

2.

U.S. G overnm ent......................................

3.

Other D e m a nd.......................................................................................................

........................................................

Other Transaction Accounts
4.
A T S A c c o u n t*.......................................................................................................
5.

Telephone ami Preauthorized Transfers........................................................

6.

NO W AccounU/Share D rafts............................................................................

7. Total (must equal sum ot Items 1 through 6 a b o v e ) ...........................................
D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C CO UN TS
6.

Demand Balances Due From Depository Institutions in the U.S. - . . .

0.

Cash Items in Process of Co llectio n.............................................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E DEPOSITS
Other Savings Deposits
10.

Personal....................................

11.

N o n p e rs o n a l..........................................................................................................

......

........................................................

12.

Total (must equal sum of Items 10 a*»d 11) ..............................................

T<me Deposits
13.

Personal (regardless of m aturity)

14.

Nonpersonal:
•.

.................................................................

Original m aturity o f less than 4 years

b. Original m aturity nf 4 years or more
15.

...................................................
..................................................

Total {must equal sum of Items 13 and 14| . . . , j ..................................

16.

All Time Deposits in Denomination of $ 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 or m ore
(included in Items 13 and 1 4 } .........................................................................

17. V A U L T C A S H ................................................................................................

SCHEDULE A; O TH ER

. . . ------

R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S B Y R E M A IN IN G M A T U R IT Y

Ineligible A c c e p t a n c e s a n d O b l i g a t i o n s b y A f f i l i a t e s
1. M a t u r i n g

m le$»

th a n 14 d a y *

..........................................

............

..............................

1

2 . M a t u r i n g i n 1 4 f l a y * o r m o i f b u t less t h a n 4 y e a n
a.

P e r s o n a l ..............................

....

b.

N o n p e r s o n a l .....................

.................................................. ..................... .. . • • - ■

. .

.

2a

, ,
-

2b

MEM
BER BANKS AND FORMER BANKS

NO N W ACCOUNTS
O

SECTION III.
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980
Enter below the daily average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$ 60,503

(1)

-0 -

(2)

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$ 60,503

(3 )

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$ 10,424

(4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3.
If
negative, enter negative amount.

$ 50,079

(5)

-0-

(6)

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates aaturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Sched­
ule A, Column 9, Line 1).

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter.
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13.
Otherwise, continue to
Item 6.
6.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6).

1/
7.

Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6.

$ 60,503

(7)

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
8. 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8.
8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts:
Item 6 f
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).

-0Item 6

.

6 0 .5 0 3 _

-0-

(8)

Item 3

1/ The term “other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in.
It Includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of N e w England, N e w York,
and N e w Jersey.

-2 9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$

(9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$

$ 10,424

-o -

(1 0 )

(1 1 )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.

$ 50,079

$

Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

$ 12,737

$

12.737

(15)

$

-0 -

(18)

(13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

(1 2 )

(14)

-0-

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).
Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

$

-0 -

(16)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

$

-0-

(17)

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

-3-

SECTION IV. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART
Item Number

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

-0 -

(1 )

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche 1 /,
complete Items 2 through 9 below"7 then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW '
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
x 3Z

>

-oItem 1 above

3.

4.

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).

$

50,079

(3)

Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):

$ 25,000
Tranche
5.

- 0

-

$

-0Item 1

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$ 25,000

(A)

$ 25,079

(5)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more them one office in the U.S.

(2 )

-4-

Item Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$

25,000

(6 )

- $

750

(7)

- $

3,009

(8 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:

7.

$ 25,000
Item 6

x 3Z

8*

$ 25,079
Item 5

x

9.

Total (Item

12__________ Z
Reserve rate 2/

7 + Item

8)

$

3,759

(9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

37
.

x$_-$____ (1 0 )
Tranche amount

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$
$

= $__________ x_________ X
*
Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

1/

- $ ___________ (11)

$ __________ (12)

The low reserve requirement tranche Is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, It will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the tranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S. branches and agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office In the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of RegulationD for the por­
tion of transaction accounts In excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

-5 -

Item Number
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:

13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

Reserve
rate 1 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

(13)

Z - $
Section III,
Item 12

$ 12,737
Section III,
Item 15

382

(14)

Reserve
rate 2 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

-0 Section III,
Item 18

* - $

-0-

Reserve
rate 3/

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

(15)

-6 SECTION IV

PART B :

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT AS CALCULATED USING CURRENT
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A, Item 2
OR Item 12).

$

-0-______ (1)

Net other transaction accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings deposits maturing in less
than 4 years; and certain Eurocurrency
transactions:
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

$

3,759

(2 a)

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A, Item 14).

$

382

(2 b)

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

Total (sum of Items 2(a) + 2(b) + 2(c)).

$

-0 -

4,141

(2 c)
(2 d)

-7SECTION V.
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 29, 1980
Item Number

Demand Deposits
1.

Enter the total of demand deposits
(Section I, Column 9, Lines la + lb
+ 2 + 3 plus Section I, Schedule A,
Column 9, Line !•
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line la
+

9.912
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line lb

+

15 .242.

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 2
+
+

2.

3.

4.

5.

8 .156

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 3
-0 Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9,

$ 45,560

(1)

Enter the total of deductions from
demand deposits (Section I, Column 9,
Lines 8 + 9).

$ 10.424

(2)

Enter the amount of deductions from
NOW accounts used In Section III
(Section III, Item 9).

$

-0-

(3)

Subtract Item 3 from Item 2 (if
negative, enter zero). This amount
is the adjusted allowable deduction
from demand deposits.

$ 10.424

(4)

I

Subtract Item 4 from Item 1. If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS RESULT IS THE
AMOUNT OF NET DEMAND DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

$ 35,136

(5)

$ 31.794

( 6)

Savings Deposits
6.

Enter the total of Section I, Column 9,
Lines 4 + 5 + 1 2 .
THIS SUM IS THE
TOTAL OF SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE STRUC­
TURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980. (This amount excludes NOW
accounts).

$

9,613________________

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 4

+ $

5,331________________

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 5

$ 16,850______________
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 12

-8 Item Number
Time Deposits

7.

Enter the total of Section I, Column 9,
Line IS plus the amount from Section I f
Schedule A, Column 9, Lines 2a and 2b.
THIS IS THE TOTAL OF TIME DEPOSITS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980.
$

1 2. 5 24 ________________

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 15
+ $
-0 -_____________________
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2a
+ $______-nSec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2b

-

$ 1 2. 524

(7)

-9-

SECTION VI. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES UNDER RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30, 1980

Item Number

1.

Calculate the reserve requirement on
net demand deposits (Section V, Item 5)
according to the appropriate line in
the following schedule (note that only
one line should be filled in):
If Section V, Item 5 is:
(a)

»

$__________ (la)

over $2 million
through $10 million:

($_________ x 9.5Z)+ $140 thousand *
Item 5 minus $2 million

$__________ (lb)

(c)

over $ 1 0 million
through $100 million:

25, 136 x 11.75%)+ $900 thousand Item 5 minus $10 million

$

(d)

over $100 million
($__________ x 12.75Z)+ $11,475 thousand *
through $400 million:
Item 5 minus $100 million

$__________ (Id)

(e)

3.

$___________
Item 5

(b)

2.

$2 million or less:

over $400 million:

$__________ (le)

($

x 7Z

($_________ x 16.25%)+ $49,725 thousand ■
Item 5 minus $400 million

Calculate the reserve requirement on
savings deposits.
$
3 1, 794 _____________________
Amount from Section V, Item 6

Enter your bank's special time
deposit ratio (the average reserve
ratio on your bank's aggregate
time deposits during the two-week
period ended August 6 , 1980).
This ratio has been provided to
you by the Federal Reserve Bank.
Enter as a percentage to two
decimal places (e.g., 3.75Z).

x3Z

=

3 . 7 5 _____ Z

$

(3)

3,853

954

( j c)

(2)

-1 0 -

4.

5.

Calculate the reserve requirement
on total time deposits.
$
]7
_____________________
Amount' from Section V, Item 7

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE
EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980 (excluding NOW accounts).
Enter the sum of Item 1 + Item 2
+ Item 4 from this Section. (Round
to the nearest thousands of dollars).

x

3.75
Item 3

Z

-

$

$

470

5,277

(4 )

(5 )

-1 1 -

SECTION VII.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AND CALCULATION OF
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

During the first three and one-half years following the Implementation of
the Monetary Control Act, reserve requirements of member banks and certain former
member banks will be calculated by adding to or subtracting from the reserve
requirements calculated according to the reserve requirement structure effective
October 30, 1980 (Section IV) a fraction of the difference between that reserve
requirement and the reserve requirement calculated using the rates and structure
in effect prior to that time (Section VI).
Item Number
1

2

RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE CURRENT
RESERVE STRUCTURE (before consideration
of NOW accounts): Enter the amount
from Section IV, Part B, Item 2(d).

$ 4 » 141

(1 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE OLD
RESERVE STRUCTURE: Enter the amount
from Section VI, Item 5.

$ 5.277

(2 )

$ 1,136

(3)

If Item 1 is greater than Item 2,
proceed to Item 8 . Otherwise,
continue to Item 3.
3.

A.

Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.
From the table below, select the per­
centage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.
Reserve Maintenance Periods
_____Occurring between_____
11/13/80
9/3/81
3/A/82
9/2/82
3/3/83
9/1/83
3/1/8A

75

Percentage
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5

9/2/81
3/3/82
9/1/82
3/2/83
8/31/83
2/29/8A
forward

Multiply the amount in Item 3 by the
percentage in Item A. Enter the
product in this Item.

0

852

(5 )

-1 2 Item Number
6.

7.

4 ,9 9 3

Enter the sum of Item 1 and Item 5,

(6 )

Add the amount from Item 6 to the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS SUM REPRESENTS
YOUR BANK’S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENT FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.

$ 4,993

+ $

Item 6

$ 4,993

- 0-

(7)

Section IV,
Part B, Item 1

PROCEED TO ITEM 13.
8.

9.

Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.

(8 )

From the table below, select the
percentage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.

X (9)

Reserve Maintenance
Periods Occurring Between

Percentage

9/2/81
9/1/82
8/31/83
forward

11/13/80
9/3/81
9/2/82
9/1/83

75
50
25
0

10. Multiply the amount from Item 8 by
the percentage from Item 9. Enter
this product.

$_

(1 0 )

I
11. Subtract the amount in Item 10
from the amount in Item 1.

$

(1 1 )

12. Add to the amount in Item 11 the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS AMOUNT IS YOUR
BANK'S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT
FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.
$

._______ +

Item 11

$

___________________________

Section IV,
Part B, Item 1

(12

b

-1 3 -

Item Number
CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAIN­
TAINED WITH FEDERAL RESERVE BANK:
13.

Enter the amount of vault cash from
Section I f Column 9, Line 17.

14.

Subtract Item 13 from your institu­
tion's reserve requirement (Item 7
or Item 12). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE EITHER
DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS-THROUGH
BASIS, BEFORE CONSIDERATION OF
CARRYOVER.

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash
NOW ACCOUNTS - LESS THAN TRANCHE

Report all balances ai of the cjo ie of b u n n w i each day to the near an thousand dollars.

Clm 1
oun
Items

Mill.

I Thoui

Column S

Mill.

I Thou*

Toi
hu.

Sunday
M ill
I Thou*

Mna
ody
Mili.

I Thoui.

Tedy
uta
Mill.

jT houi,

Daily Awt«*ge
M ill.

[Thoul-

M ill.

jT h o u i

Toi
hu,

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
Demand Deposits
1. Doe To Depoiltorv Institutions:
a. B a n k s ...................................................................................................
b. Other Depository Institutions.........................................................
2. U.S. Government.................* ................... ..................................... .. . .
3
O ther D e m a n d .................................................... ............................... . .
Other Transaction Accounti
4,
6.

1

A T S A c c o u n ts
................................. . . ................................ . . . . .
Telephon e and P rea u th o riie d T r a m le r t .................. ............

....

6. NOW Accounti/Share Draft!................ ..............................................
Total (must equal sum of Items 1 through 6 abovel . . . . . . .................

D E D U C T IO N S PR O M T R A N S A C T IO N AC C O U N T S
8.

Demand Balances Due F ro m D e p o sito ry In s titu tio n s in the U.S.:

9.

Cash Item s in Process o l C o lle c tio n ........................................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D EPO SITS
O th e r Sawings Deposits

10. Personal.....................................................................................................
11. Nonpersonal............................. ...............................................................
12. Total (m ust equal sum of Items 10 and 1 1 ) .........., .......................
Time Deposits
13. Personal (regardless o f m a tu r ity ) ..........................................................
14. Nonpersonal:
a. O rig in a l m a tu r ity o f less than 4 years ........................................ ..
b. Original maturity of 4 years or more ........................................
15. T o ta l (m ust equal sum o f Items 13 and 14) . . . . r ........................
16. All Time Deposits in Denomination of $100,000 or more
(inclu4ed in Items 13 and 1 4 ) ......... ................................ . ................
17. VAULT C A S H ......................................................................................................

Repot i all balance! ai of the dote of busings each day to the nearest thouiand doHan.

Clm 2
oun
Thuridav
Items

M ill.

jT h ju i.

Column 3

Clm 4
oun
Sunday

Ml, |hu.
il Toi

Clm 1
oun

Clm 6
oun
Monday
M ill. I Thoui

Tm iday
M ill
J ThouT

Column 8

Wednaiday
Mill. [Thoui

S C H E D U L E A : O T H E R R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S B Y R E M A IN IN G M A T U R I T Y
Ineligible Acceptances and O bligations b y A ffilia te s
1. M a tu rin g in less than 14 d a y s ..........................................

1

2. M atu ring in 14 days or more b u t less th a n 4 years:
P e r s o n a l ............................................................................................

2a

b Nonpersonal .......... ............................................

2b

a

MEMBER BANKS AND FORMER BANKS

NOW ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

SECTION III. RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980
Enter below the dally average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$

78,720

(i)

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Schedule A, Column 9, Line 1).

$

-0 -

(2 )

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$

78,720

(3)

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

10,424

(4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

$

68,296

(5)

$

18.217

(6 )

$

60.503

(7)

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8 ,

8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 f
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).

18,217
Item 6

^

78,720

1

Item 3

- .?314( 8 )

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

-2 9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$ 2.412

(9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$

$

8 ,0 1 2

15,805

(io)

(1 1 )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.

$ 52,491

$ 12,737

Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I f Column 9 f
Line 11 + Line 14a).

$ 12.737

$

(15)

$

(18)

(13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

(12)

(14)

-0 -

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).
Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

$

-0 -

(16)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

$

-0-

(17)

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

-0 -

-3-

SECTION IV. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART
Item Number

1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$ ;i5,8.Q
5„

(1 )

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche 1 /,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:

$

15,805

x 3Z

Item 1 above
3.

4.

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).

$ 52,491

(3)

$ 9.195

(4)

$ 43,296

(5)

Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):

$ 25,000
Tranche
5.

474

-

$

15.805
Item 1

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, ic will be adjusted annually based on the change in Cotal transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

(2 )

-4 -

Item Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$

9,195

(6)

- $

276

(?)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:

7.

$

9,195

x 32

Item 6

8.

$ 43,296

9.

- $ 5,196

12

Reserve rate

Item 5

(8 )

2/

$

Total (Item 7 + Item 8 )

5.472

(9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3Z

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$
Tranche amount

(1 0 )

$
$_

(1 1 )
Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

\J

(1 2 )

The low reserve requirement tranche Is $25 million during 1980 and 1981* There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions* Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S. branches and agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
7 j Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

-5-

Item Number
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:

13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III! Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

(13)

X - $
Reserve
rate 1 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

Section IIIf
Item 12

$ 12,737
Section III*
Item 15

382

(14)

-0-

Z “ $

(15)

Reserve
rate 2 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

-0 Sectlon III,
Item 18

Reserve
rate 3/

l7 Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

-6 SECTION IV
PART B:

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT AS CALCULATED USING CURRENT
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IVt Part A, Item 2
OR Item 12).

$

474

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

$

5,472

(2 a)

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing In less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A, Item 14).

$

382

(2 b)

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

Total (sum of Items 2(a) + 2(b) + 2(c)).

$ 5,854

(1 )

Net other transaction accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings deposits maturing In less
than 4 years; and certain Eurocurrency
transactions:
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

-0 -

(2 c)
(2 d)

-7SECTION V.
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 29, 1980
Item Number

Demand Deposits
1.

Enter the total of demand deposits
(Section I, Column 9, Lines la + lb
+ 2 + 3 plus Section I, Schedule A,
Column 9, Line 1.

12,250
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line la

9,912

+

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line lb
+

15,242
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 2

+

8,156
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 3

+

-0Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, I

2.

3.

4.

5.

$ 45,560___ (1)

Enter the total of deductions from
demand deposits (Section I, Column 9,
Lines 8 + 9).

$ 10,424

(2)

Enter the amount of deductions from
NOW accounts used In Section III
(Section III, Item 9).

$ 2,412

(3 )

Subtract Item 3 from Item 2 (If
negative, enter zero). This amount
is the adjusted allowable deduction
from demand deposits.

$ 8,012

(4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 1. If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS RESULT IS THE
AMOUNT OF NET DEMAND DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

$37,548

(5 )

Savings Deposits
6.

Enter the total of Section I, Column 9,
Lines 4 + 5 + 1 2 .
THIS SUM IS THE
TOTAL OF SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE STRUC­
TURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980. (This amount excludes NOW
accounts).

$ 9,613
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 4

+ $ 5,331
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 5

+ $16,850
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 12

$ 31 .794___ (6)

-8 Item Number

Time Deposits
7.

Enter the total of Section I f Column 9 (
Line IS plus the amount from Section I,
Schedule A f Column 9, Lines 2a and 2b.
THIS IS THE TOTAL OF TIME DEPOSITS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980.

$

12,524______________

Sec.
+ $
Sec.
+ $
Sec.

I, Col. 9, Line 15
-0 I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2a
-0 -_______________________
I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2b

$ 12.524

(7)

-9-

SECTION VI. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES UNDER RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30, 1980

Item Number

1.

Calculate the reserve requirement on
net demand deposits (Section V, Item 5)
according to the appropriate line in
the following schedule (note that only
one line should be filled in):
If Section V, Item 5 is:
(a)

x 7%

$ 2 million or less:

(la)

Item 5

x 9.5%)+ $140 thousand = $
»
Item 5 minus $2 million

(b)

(c)

over $ 1 0 million
through $ 1 0 0 million:

(d)

x 12.75%)+ $11,475 thousand
over $ 1 0 0 million
.($
through $400 million:
Item 5 minus $100 million

(Id)

(e)

2.

over $ 2 million
through $ 1 0 million:

over $400 million:

x 16.25%)+ $49,725 thousand
Item 5 minus $400 million

(le)

($

($ 27,548
x 11.75%)+ $900 thousand Item 5 minus $10 million

($

4,137

(ic)

Calculate the reserve requirement on
savings deposits.

$

31,794____________________

954

x 3%

Amount from Section V, Item 6

3.

$

(lb)

Enter your bank’s special time
deposit ratio (the average reserve
ratio on your bank’s aggregate
time deposits during the two-week
period ended August 6 , 1980).
This ratio has been provided to
you by the Federal Reserve Bank.
Enter as a percentage to two
decimal places (e.g., 3.75%).

3 . 75 ____ %

(3)

(2 )

-1 0 -

4.

Calculate the reserve requirement
on total time deposits.

$

12.524________ ,_____________

Amount from Section V, Item 7

5.

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE
EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980 (excluding NOW accounts).
Enter the sum of Item 1 4 Item 2
+ Item 4 from this Section. (Round
to the nearest thousands of dollars).

x

3.75

X

-

$

470

(4)

Item 3

$5,561_(5)

-1 1 -

SECTION VII.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AND CALCULATION OF
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

During the first three and one-half years following the implementation of
the Monetary Control Act, reserve requirements of member banks and certain former
member banks will be calculated by adding to or subtracting from the reserve
requirements calculated according to the reserve requirement structure effective
October 30, 1980 (Section IV) a fraction of the difference between that reserve
requirement and the reserve requirement calculated using the rates and structure
in effect prior to that time (Section VI).
Item Number
RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE CURRENT
RESERVE STRUCTURE (before consideration
of NOW accounts): Enter the amount
from Section IV, Part B, Item 2(d).
2

$ 5,854

(1 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE OLD
RESERVE STRUCTURE: Enter the amount
from Section VI, Item 5.

$ 5,561

(2 )

If Item 1 is greater than Item 2,
proceed to Item 8 . Otherwise,
continue to Item 3.
Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.

(3)

From the table below, select the per­
centage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.

X (4)

Reserve Maintenance Periods
_____ Occurring between_____

Percentage

11/13/80
9/3/81
3/4/82
9/2/82
3/3/83
9/1/83
3/1/84
5.

9/2/81
3/3/82
9/1/82
3/2/83
8/31/83
2/29/84
forward

Multiply the amount In Item 3 by the
percentage In Item 4. Enter the
product in this Item.

75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(5 )

-1 2 Item Number
6.

7.

(6)

Enter the sum of Item 1 and Item 5,

Add the amount from Item 6 to the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS SUM REPRESENTS
YOUR BANK'S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENT FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.
$_________ + $ _____________ _
Item 6
Section IV,
Part B, Item 1

(7)

PROCEED TO ITEM 13.
8.

9.

Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.

$

From the table below, select the
percentage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.
Reserve Maintenance
Periods Occurring Between
11/13/80
9/3/81
9/2/82
9/1/83

293

75

(8 )

X (9)

Percentage

9/2/81
9/1/82
8/31/83
forward

75
50
25
0

10. Multiply the amount from Item 8 by
the percentage from Item 9. Enter
this product.

$

ll’ Subtract the amount in Item 10
.
from the amount in Item 1.

$

12. Add to the amount in Item 11 the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS AMOUNT IS YOUR
BANK'S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT
FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 -DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.
$ 5.634
+ $
474_______
Section IV,
Item 11
Part B, Item 1

220

5,634

(1 0 )

(ll)

$6,108

(12)

-1 3 -

Item Number
CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAIN­
TAINED WITH FEDERAL RESERVE BANK:
13.

Enter the amount of vault cash from
Section I, Column 9, Line 17.

14.

Subtract Item 13 from your institu­
tion's reserve requirement (Item 7
or Item 12). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE EITHER
DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS-THROUGH
BASIS, BEFORE CONSIDERATION OF
CARRYOVER.

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash
NOW ACCOUNTS - GREATER THAN TRANCHE

R | all hi linen ai al (he cloie of business eachday to (ha naarttt thousanddollars.
cpoi
C n1
olum
Colum 2
n
Colum 3
n
Colum 4
n
Colum 5
n
Colum 6
n
Colum 7
n
Colum 6
n
Thuriday
Friday
Saiurday
Sunday
M
onday
Tuesday
W
ednesday
Total
Thoui. ^Mils^J Thous Mils^J Thoui ^M^s^J Thoui. Mils^JThous. M
rfs^^jThous. M [Thoui. Mili^jThous.
ils.

Items
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
Demand Deposit!
1. Du« To Depository Institutions:
a. Banks...........................................................................................
b. Other Depository Institutions..................... .
2. U.S. Government........................................................... ..
3. Other Demand................................................................
.......
Other Transaction Account!
4. ATS Accounts................................................................ , ,., .
5. Telephone and Preauthori:ed Transfers.................................................................... ..
6. NOWAccounts/Share Drafts.................................................. . ............
7. Total (must equal sum of Item! 1 through 6 above)......................

Colum 9
n
D ly A
a< v*f»ga
M | Thoui.
ill

i
i
/-? / / . $
9 V fi
/ O 3 6 /

/A ///r
9 V /*
/q

fit. 9 0 0
? 130
VO J U G

?£, 79S~ VC 7 9 5
O 334 1
9 J3V
30
A o JV C

/ jl i / . s
9 V /f
Ao A 6 /

j /s J r
9 y /S
fo 3 M

JJL /J ta
9
9 3 /
/ O *9 $

9 < /* 7
/ & J191

/ j /* < /
9 9A7
J o A f?

/6

/£. 3 0 0
9 3 3 ,9
3 0 IS /

/( . Z / o
9 J3 /
JO 3 3

/ c <SXO / / 6 V 7S
P 33/
334.
0
J S S J /J \734f

7 9TA
9V 3

~7 9 7 < /
//
^

795
9 33/
3 0 ZQC

& d L s i

« /
7 /

/+ / m
P Y jh
/O
/6> £ 3 9
9 333

lb

2
3
4
5
6
7

DEDUCTIONS FROM TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
8. Demand Balances Due From Depository Institutions in the U.S.:....... .
9. Cash Items in Procesi of Collection........................................................
OTHER SAVINGS AND TIM DEPOSITS
E
Other Savings Deposits
10. Personal.............................................................................................
11. Nonpersonal......................................................................................
12.
Total (must equal sum o f Items 10 and 1 1 ) ............................................................ ^
Time Deposits
13. Personal {regardless ol maturity) ..................................................
14. Nonpersonal:
a. Original maturity of less than 4 years ........................... ..................
b. Original maturity of 4 years or more ..............................................
15. Total (must equal sum of Items 13 and 14) . . . . j ..................................
16. A Time Oeposit! in Denomination of $100,000 or more
ll
(included in Items 13 and 1 4 | ..............................................................................
17. VAULT CASH.............................................................................................

Um
et
1. M atu ring in less Than 14 days
2. M atu ring in 14 days or m ore b u t less than 4 years
P e n o n a l. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

7 ^6 0
//

SC
V

/!

9Vi

7 ?&>
/ / 9V6

//

^

1
”

CV/o\

V Jl-ro

C\/$a\

■

£ \/

VW f>

$

£ //O

S

/

,7 l3 L
/ VOA

/

,* 6
<Sov

//J

£

20\

/)3

/ /I *

/

6 \/fO |

‘ Vs
S
S/Jl
/

/jl.

d \/% S \

PS
V

0\/f0\

"U
X //</

' V 5 < (v 7

// A #
VA3

/ s i *
1V&

/

8

/

/13

7 9 iA
SV9
8 '1

//

SA775'
Z 2 9 /S

7 9 ^ t 10
/ /
11

9
1IS

12

J , \ / 9 o \ ' V 3 \ l '5 \

6\/7V

. . . . . . .

b. N o n p e rso n a l............................ . ................................

13

& ri'

9 / / £ S > 78?
V

S’ / / *

/
/

/iSS
/ V 03

/1 7
tfe> 7

7\i£l
9 \S 1 Z .

Rpr a blne a o tacoeo bsns ec dyt tanaeitosn dlas
eot l aacs i f h ls ! uies ah a o h art huad olr.
l
Clm l
oun
Clm 0
oun
Clm 2
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 4
oun
Clm 5
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm B
oun
Tuia
hrdy
Fia
rdy
Sn a
ud y
DiyAeaa
al vrq
Stra
audy
Mna
ody
Tady
uia
Wdia
emdy
Ttl
oa
Ml. |hu. Ml. | hu Ml | hu. Ml. | h u . Ml, j Toi Ml | hu. Ml | h m Ml. [ hu Ml ] hu.
is Toi is Toi il Toi il T o i il hu it Toi il T o il Toi is Toi

SCHEDULE A: OTHER RESERVABLE OBLIGATIONS BY REMAINING MATURITY
Ineligible Acceptances and Obligjtions by Affiliates

a.

7 980
J/ 890

16
17

MEMBER BANKS AND FORMER MEMBER BANKS

NOW ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE

SECTION III. RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980
Enter below the dally average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$ 108,320

(1 )

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Sched­
ule A, Column 9, Line 1).

-0 $ ________
_

(2 )

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$ 108,320

(3)

9,0.10

(4)

99,310

(5)

$

30,248

(6 )

$

78,072

(7)

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .
Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).

1/
7.

Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
8 . 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 f
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places)*

30,248
Item 6

.

108.320

?7Q?

(8 )

Item 3

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

-2 9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$ 2.516_ _ _ (9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$ 27,732

(10)

$ 6.494___ _ ( I D

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.

$ 71,578

$ 16,392

Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

$

(15)

S

(18)

$ 16.392____ (13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

(12)

-0 -

(W)

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).
Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

$

-0 -

(16)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
U n e 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5.

$

-0-

(17)

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

-0 -

-3-

SECTION IV. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$

27.732

(1)

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche JL/,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
$
Item 1 above

x 3Z
(2 )

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).
4

5.

Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):
$
"
$ ___________
Item 1
Tranche
Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

(3)

$

(4)

(5)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

-4-

Item Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

(6 )

$

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:
7.

(7)

x 31

$
Item 6

8 .

$

(8 )
Item 5

9.

Reserve rate

If

Total (Item 7 + Item 8 )

(9)

$

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE I f :
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3%

$ 25,000______
Tranche amount

x

11. Item 1

750

(1 0 )

$

328

(11)

$ 27,732
$

25,000

=$
■

Less tranche
amount

$

2,732

12

Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

$

1.078

JL/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981* There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S. branches and agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

(12)

-5-

Item Number
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:

13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

Section III,
Item 12

$ 8.589

12

(13)

$___492

( I*)

Reserve
rate 1 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

$ 71,578

$ 16.392
Section III,
Item 15

_1_

1-

Reserve
rate 2 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

-0 Section III,
Item 18

* - $

-0-

Reserve
rate 3/

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

(15)

-6-

SECTION IV
PART B :

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT AS CALCULATED USING CURRENT
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A, Item 2
OR Item 12).

$

1 .078

(1 )

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

$

8,589

(2 a)

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A, Item 14).

$

492

(2 b)

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

-0 -

(2 c)

Total (sum of Items 2(a) + 2(b) + 2(c)).

$

Net other transaction accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings deposits maturing In less
than 4 years; and certain Eurocurrency
transactions:
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

9,081

(2 d)

-7SECTION V.
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 29, 1980
Item Number

Demand Deposits
1.

Enter the total of demand deposits
(Section I, Column 9, Lines la + lb
+ 2 + 3 plus Section I, Schedule A,
Column 9, Line !•
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line la

12,124
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line lb

9,423
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 2

10,276
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 3
-0 Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, 1
2.

3.

$ 52,100

(1)

Enter the total of deductions from
demand deposits (Section I, Column 9,
Lines 8 + 9).

$ 9,010

(2)

Enter the amount of deductions from
NOW accounts used in Section III
(Section III, Item 9).

$ 2,516

(3)

$ 6,494

(4)

4. Subtract Item 3 from Item 2 (If
negative, enter zero). This amount
Is the adjusted allowable deduction
from demand deposits.
5.

*

Subtract Item 4 from Item 1. If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS RESULT IS THE
AMOUNT OF NET DEMAND DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

$ 45.606

(5)

$ 45,785

(6)

Savings Deposits
6.

Enter the total of Section I, Column 9,
Lines 4 + 5 + 1 2 .
THIS SUM IS THE
TOTAL OF SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE STRUC­
TURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980. (This amount excludes NOW
accounts).
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 4

$

9,333

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 5

$ 19.813
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 12

-8 Item Number
Time Deposits

7.

Enter the total of Section I, Column 9,
Line IS plus the amount from Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Lines 2a and 2b.
THIS IS THE TOTAL OP TIME DEPOSITS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980.

$

18,834______________

Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 15
+ $
-0 -______________________
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2a
+ $
-0 -______________________
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2b

-9-

SECTION VI. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES UNDER RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30, 1980

Item Number

1.

Calculate the reserve requirement on
net demand deposits (Section V, Item 5)
according to the appropriate line in
the following schedule (note that only
one line should be filled in):
If Section V, Item 5 is:
(a)

$2 million or less:

x 7%

$

(la)

$

Item 5

x 9.5%)+ $140 thousand
Item 5 minus $2 million

(b)

(c)

x 12.75%)+ $11,475 thousand
over $ 1 0 0 million
($
through $400 million:
Item 5 minus $100 million

(Id)

(e)

3.

over $10 million
through $100 million:

(d)

2.

over $ 2 million
through $ 1 0 million:

over $400 million:

x 16.25%)+ $49,725 thousand
Item 5 minus $400 million

(le)

($

($ 35,606
x 11.75%)+ $900 thousand Item 5 minus $10 million

($

Calculate the reserve requirement on
savings deposits.
$ 45,785_____________________
Amount from Section V, Item 6

Enter your bank's special time
deposit ratio (the average reserve
ratio on your bank's aggregate
time deposits during the two-week
period ended August 6 , 1980).
This ratio has been provided to
you by the Federal Reserve Bank.
Enter as a percentage to two
decimal places (e.g., 3.75%).

$

5,084

1,374

x 3%

3» 75_____%

(lb)

(3)

(lc)

(2 )

-1 0 -

4.

Calculate the reserve requirement
on total time deposits.

$

18,834______________________

Amount from Section V, Item 7

5.

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE
EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980 (excluding NOW accounts).
Enter the sum of Item 1 + Item 2
+ Item 4 from this Section. (Round
to the nearest thousands of dollars)

3.75

z

-

$

706

(4)

$

7,164

(5)

Item 3

-1 1 -

SECTION VII.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AND CALCULATION OF
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

During the first three and one-half years following the implementation of
the Monetary Control Act, reserve requirements of member banks and certain former
member banks will be calculated by adding to or subtracting from the reserve
requirements calculated according to the reserve requirement structure effective
October 30, 1980 (Section IV) a fraction of the difference between that reserve
requirement and the reserve requirement calculated using the rates and structure
in effect prior to that time (Section VI).
Item Number
1.

2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE CURRENT
RESERVE STRUCTURE (before consideration
of NOW accounts): Enter the amount
from Section IV, Part B, Item 2(d).

$ 9,081

(1)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE OLD
RESERVE STRUCTURE: Enter the amount
from Section VI, Item 5.

$ 7.164

(2)

If Item 1 is greater than Item 2,
proceed to Item 8 . Otherwise,
continue to Item 3.
3.

4.

Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.

$ __________

(3)

From the table below, select the per­
centage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.

___ Z (4)

Reserve Maintenance Periods
_____ Occurring between_____

Percentage

11/13/80
9/3/81
3/4/82
9/2/82
3/3/83
9/1/83
3/1/84

9/2/81
3/3/82
9/1/82
3/2/83
8/31/83
2/29/84
forward

Multiply the amount in Item 3 by the
percentage in Item 4. Enter the
product In this Item*

75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(5)

-1 2 -

Item Number
6.

Enter the sum of Item 1 and Item 5,

7.

Add the amount from Item 6 to the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS SUM REPRESENTS
YOUR BANK'S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENT FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.
$_________ + $ ______________
Item 6
Section IV,
Part B, Item 1

(6)

(7)

PROCEED TO ITEM 13.
8.

9.

Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.

$ 1 ,917____ ( 8 )

From the table below, select the
percentage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.

75 % (9)

Reserve Maintenance
Periods Occurring Between
11/13/80
9/3/81
9/2/82
9/1/83

Percentage

9/2/81
9/1/82
8/31/83
forward

75
50
25
0

10. Multiply the amount from Item 8 by
the percentage from Item 9. Enter
this product.

$

1,438

(io)

ll’ Subtract the amount In Item 10
.
from the amount In Item 1.

$

7,643

(ii)

12. Add to the amount In Item 11 the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS AMOUNT IS YOUR
BANK'S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT
FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.

5

7,643

Item 11

+ $

. - U Qza______
Section IV,
Part B, Item 1

$ 8,721

(1 2 )

%

-1 3 -

Item Number
CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAIN­
TAINED WITH FEDERAL RESERVE BANK:
13.

Enter the amount of vault cash from
Section I, Column 9, Line 17.

14.

Subtract Item 13 from your Institu­
tion’s reserve requirement (Item 7
or Item 12). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE EITHER
DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS-THROUGH
BASIS, BEFORE CONSIDERATION OF
CARRYOVER.

COMPUTATION WORKSHEETS
NONMEMBERS AND S&L's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS

F 2900
ft

Section I

Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash

NO NOW ACCOUNTS
R
opoil alb l n e a o I ec o et b l n o * c day I l « n a e t thousand d l a s
l aacs i l h ls J uiti a h
Q h ers
olr.

Clm t
oun
Column 2
Tusa
hrdy
Fia
rdy
Ml 1hu Ml IToi
is 7o« it hu

Items
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
Demand Deposits
1. Due To Depository Institutions:
A Bank$ ...................................................................................................
b. Other Depoiitory Institution!................... .....................................
7. U S. Government. . . ..............................................................................
3. Other D emand..........................................................................................

Clm 3
oun
MH
i! i

C lina
oun

Cliv 7
ourn
W*dn«sday
rVil | Tpvry
.ifV
id
u'Jt
Tos Ml [Thou* jMl |hu Ml^ lol
hu .i
.i Toi ii_lhu

SEES

/s

| T ho u s

M ill

[Thou*

JK

m ;.

/ 4 7;

M iii

Clm 9
oun
DiyAt'q
al wiaa

CA
t>
JAk
szm

lS*y ZJO

O th e r Transaction A cco u n ts

4.

ATS Accounts..........................................................................................
Telephone and Pieauthonred Transfers..........................................
6. NOW Accounts/Share Drafts................................................................
7. Total (must equal sum of Items I through 6 a b o v e ! .................................

b.

ajo

}W2

DEDUCTIONS FROM TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
8. Demand Balances Due From Depoiitory Institutions in the U.S.:
0. Cash Items in Ptocess of Collection....................................................
OTHER SAVINGS AND TIME DEPOSITS

.

10.

Personal................................... .......................................................................................

koO
12.

7 0 .( 0
7

S
jo
M s

47 A t O
(r S 3

...

s aA
/

SUj

sn S7A

Total (must equal sum of Items 10 and 111 .........................................................

Personal (regardless of maturity) .........................................
Nonpersonal:
a. Original maturity of l e u than 4 yean .............. .............
b. Original maturity nf 4 years or more ..................... . . .
15. Total (must equal sum of hems 13 and 14) . . . . i
,
16. All Time Deposits in Denomination of $100,000 or more
(included In Items 13 and 1 4 ) .................................................
17. VAULT CASH

m

5*1V

13.
14.

I/O

9e>c

u rn .

901

3 //O

> :

a

3 1///
J /
3 ?/£, A i « 7

~~... ....

± 6 £
>

6d3\ $

SSL
StKS~

Report an balances as of the clo»« ui business inch day to tha nearest thousand ctoUari.

Clm 1
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 5
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm 2
oun
Cr *
fi
c
Snl*
u.a
Wdidy
enta
Tusa
hrdy
Fia
rdy
Tcdy
uil
Stra
audy
Mna
ody
Ml 1hu Ml. ]Tos Ml 1 hu Ml |fiu Ml 1 hu Mi I nu Ml jhu
il Tos is hu il Toi is tos .i Tos -s Tos is Toi

C-.
ow
lt
o

SCHEDULE A; OTHER RESFRVAfll E OBLIGATIONS BY REMAINING MATURITY ,
Ineligible Acceptance* and Obligations by Affiliates
1, M a tu rin g in Iasi than 14

dayi.......

crrr

2. M i t u r m g i n 14 clay* or m o if h u t less than 4 years
a. Personal.........................

....

b, N onpersonal_______ . .

............................. .................. .........................................

...........

.

...........

13

3 ill
3 iQ7
bm

NONMEMBER

NO NOW ACCOUNTS

SECTION III. RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

Enter below the dally average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$ 60,503

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Sched­
ule A, Column 9, Line 1).

$

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$ 60,503

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9).

$

10,424

(4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

$

50,079

(5)

$

-0-

(6 )

$

60,503

(7)

. -0-

(8 )

- 0-

(1 )

(2 )

(3)

If Item 5 Is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

If Item 6 Is zero, enter zero in Iti
9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8,

8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 4
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).

-0-

x

60,503

Item 6

‘

Item 3

-

1/ The term "other transaction accounts- is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

-2 9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$

-0-

(9 )

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$

$ 10,424

-o -

(1 0 )

( 11)

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.

$ 50,079

$ 12,737

Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

$ 12,737

$

(15)

$

(18)

(13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

(12)

(14)

-0-

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).
Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

$

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

$

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

-0 -

(16)

(17)

-0 -

-3-

SECTION IV. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$

-0-

(1)

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche l f t
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
$

-Q -

X

3Z

=
■

Item 1 above
3.

4.

5.

$ ____ -0-

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).
Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):
$ 25,000
$
-n■ Tranche
Item 1
Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$ 50,079_____ (3)

$ 25,000______ (4)

$25, 079

(5)

1 / The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
_
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

(2)

Item Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$ 25,000_____ (6)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:

7.

$ 25,000

- $

x 31

750

- $

3,009

(7)

Item 6
$

25,079

x

Item 5
9.

Z

12
Reserve rate

00

8.

2/

Total (Item 7 + Item 8 )

$

3,759____

(9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 3V:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3%

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$______________
Tranche amount

- $___________ (10)

$__________
$__________

(1 1 )
Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

(1 2 )

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche Is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office In the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of Regulation
D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

-5-

Item Number
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:

13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III* Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

(13)

Reserve
rate 1 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

Z- $
Section III,
Item 12

$ 12.737
Section III,
Item 15

382

JL

(14)

Reserve
rate 2 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

-0 $
Sectlon III,
Item 18

Z- $

-0-

Reserve
rate 3/

IF YOUR INSTITUTION WAS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980,
CONTINUE TO PART B(l). OTHERWISE, GO TO PART B(2).

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. w As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

(15)

-6-

PART B (1):

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1,1980

Required Reserves
Calculated
x
From Part A____
Column (1)

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
1. Total required reserves
on:
A.

B.

Net NOW accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 2 OR
Item 12).

1 .0 0 0 0

-n-

Net other transaction
accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings.depos­
its maturing in less than
4 years; and certain Euro­
currency transactions.
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

C.

-0 -

Net other transaction
accounts (Section IV,
Part A, Item 9 OR
Item 13).
Nonpersonal time and
savings deposits matur­
ing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A,
Item 14).
Certain Eurocurrency
transactions (Section
IV, Part A, Item 15).
Total (sum of Column 1,
Items B(l), B(2), and
B(3)).

Total required reserves
of Items IA and 1B(4))

$ 3,759

382

-0 -

1/

$ 4,141

0.1Z5

$

518

« (su m

518

$ 4,141
(Before transitional
adjustment)

(After trans<
adjustment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM ID. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 2.
17 The transitional adjustment factor = 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
*
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance
period, the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 - .875 = 0.125.
*
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

-7-

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 1B(4) of Part B(L)
are provided in Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged In business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(2 )

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2 )

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

-8 Item Number

D.

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION THAT
BECAME A MEMBER OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
(1)

(2)

Enter the difference between
Item 1C, Column 1, and Item
1C, Column 3.

$ 3,623

Multiply Item D(l) by the
percentage indicated below
for the appropriate period:

$

3,623

x

Z

12.5

$

453

Item D(l)
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank

12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding

(3)

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added

1 0 0 .0

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item
C, + Item D(2).

$

518 _____ + $

Col. 3, Item C

453

$

97T

Col. 3, Item D(2)

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH RESERVE BANK:
2.

3.

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 2 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 1C,
OR Item 1D(3)). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$1,615

-0-

or

-9-

PART B (2): TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980

Item Number
1.

Total required reserves on:
A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A,
Item 2 OR Item 12).

$

-n-

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part
A,Item 9 OR
Item 13).

$

3.759

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing
inless than 4 years (Section
IV, Part
A,Item 14).

$

382

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

_-Jh_

Total required reserves: Sum of
Items IA, IB, 1C, and ID.

$

4.141

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item IE by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.

$ 4,141

x

40

*

■

$ 1,656

Item IE
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

Percentage of reserve
reqluirement to be maintained

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding

3.

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).

4.

Subtract Item 3 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 2). If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE
DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

40
45
50
55
65
75
85
100

$ 1,615

41

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash

NOW ACCOUNTS - LESS THAN TRANCHE

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
Demand Deposit*
1. Due To Depository Institution*:
a. Banks
b. Other Depository Institutions
2. U.S. Government
3. Other Demand
Other Transaction Accounts
4. ATS Accounts
5. Telephone and Preauthorijed Transfers
6. NOW Accounts/Share Draft*
7. Total (must equal sum of Items 1 through 6 above)

lb

2
3
4
5

6
7

DEDUCTIONS FROM TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
8. Demand Balances Due From Depository Institutions in the U.S.
9.

Cash Item s in Process o f C o lle c tio n

OTHER SAVINGS AND TIME DEPOSITS
Other Savings Deposits
10.

Personal

11.

Nonpersonal.

12.

T o ta l (m ust equal sum of Item s 10 and 11)

T im e Deposits
13.

13

Personal {regardless o f m a tu r ity )
Nonpersonal:

a. O riginal m a tu r ity o f less than 4 years

b. O rigina l m a tu r ity o f 4 years or m ore
Total (must equal sum o f Items 13 and 14)

All Time Deposits in Denomination of $100,000 or more
(included in Items 13 and 14)
17. VAULT CASH

Mm
e*

P p na blne i o Iic01 o bneiec dy10 iena«iioin dlai
c o l ajci l < h < v l uni ah a h eri huad olr,
l
l
Clm 1
oun
Clm 2
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 4
oun
Clm 5
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Stra
audy
Tusa
hrdy
Tedy
usa
Fia
rdy
Sn a
ud y
Mna
ody
Wd e d y
en i i
i Toi il Toi il Toi
Ml, | hu. Ml. ]Toi Ml JToi Ml, ]hu. Mh . | hu. Ml. I hu Ml. [hu,
it T ui is hu is hu tj Toi

C l m fl
oun
OiyAr'ae
ai v y
1 T oi
hu Ml. [ hu
il Tos

Clm f
oun l
Toiei
M ill.

SCHEOULE A: OTHER RESERVABLE OBLIGATIONS BY REMAINING MATURITY;
Ineligible Acceptances and Obligations by Af l.liate*
1. Maturing in less than 14 d a y ! ......................................
2. Maturing in 14 days or more but less than 4 years'

a. Personal.............................................................
b. N o n p erso n al.............................................................

2a
2b

NOW ACCOUNTS LESS THAN
TRANCHE

NONMEMBER

SECTION III. RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

Enter below the daily average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$

78.720

(1)

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Schedule A, Column 9, Line 1).

$

- 0-

(2 )

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$

78,720

(3)

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

10,424

(4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

$

68,296

(5)

$ 18,217

(6)

$ 60,503

(7)

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8,

8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 -j
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).

18,217

#

78,720

Item 6

“

Item 3

- .2314( 8 )

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It Includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

-2-

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$ 2.412

(9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$ 15,805

$ 52,491

(1 2 )

$12,737

$ 8 .0 1 2

(1 0 )

(15)

$

(18)

(1 1 )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.
Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

$12,737

(13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

$

(14)

-0 -

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).
Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

$

-0 -

(16)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

$

-0-

(17)

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

-0-

SECTION IV. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$ 15.805

(1)

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche 1 /,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE;
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
$ 15,805
Item 1 above

3.

4.

5.

x 3Z

$

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).
Unused tranche (amount of tranche, not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):
$ 25,000
$
15,805
• Tranche
Item 1
Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$

52.491

474

(3)

$

9,195____ (4)

$

43,296____ (5)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.Sbranches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

-4-

Item Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$ Q.1Q5______ (6 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:
7.

$

9,195

x 3Z

276

(7)

- $ 5,196

(8 )

- $

Item 6
8 .

$ 43,296

12_______ Z

x

Item 5
9.

Reserve rate

2/

Total (Item 7 + Item 8 )

$

5.472

(9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3Z

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$______________
Tranche amount

- $___________ (10)

$
$_

- $__________ x_________Z
Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

- $ ___________ (11)

$ __________ (12)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981* There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment tothetranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of RegulationD for the por­
tion of transaction accounts In excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

-5 -

Item Number
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:

13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section IIIt Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

X- $

(13)

Reserve
rate 1 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

$
Section III,
Item 12

$ 12,737
Section III,
Item 15

3___X - $

382

(14)

Reserve
rate 2 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

x
- 0
Section III,
Item 18

$

-0 -

Reserve
rate 3/

IF YOUR INSTITUTION WAS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980,
CONTINUE TO PART B(l). OTHERWISE, GO TO PART B(2).

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

(15)

-6PART B (1):

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1,1980

Required Reserves
Calculated
x
From Part A____
Column (1)

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
1. Total required reserves
on:
A.

B.

Net NOW accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 2 OR^
Item 12).

1 .0 0 0 0

■

474

$

Net other transaction
accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings.depos—
its maturing in less than
4 years; and certain Euro­
currency transactions.
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

C.

474

Net other transaction
accounts (Section IV,
Part A, Item 9 OR
Item 13).

$ 5,472

Nonpersonal time and
savings deposits matur­
ing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A,
Item 14).

382

Certain Eurocurrency
transactions (Section
IV, Part A, Item 15).

-0 -

Total (sum of Column 1,
Items B(l), B(2), and
B(3)).

Total required reserves (sum
of Items IA and 1B(4))

1/

$ 5,854

0.125

-

$ 6,328
(Before transitional
adjustment)

732

$

1 ,206
(After trans.
adjustment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM ID. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 2.
17 The transitional adjustment factor - 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance
period, the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 — .875 = 0.125.
*
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 1B(4) of Part B(l)
are provided ia Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(1)

(2)

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
________________ 1 0 0

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979 , and
September 1, 1980:

(1)

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2)

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
______________ 1 0 0 _____
0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

-8 Item Number

D.

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION THAT
BECAME A MEMBER OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
(1)

Enter the difference between
Item 1C, Column 1, and Item
1C, Column 3 .

(2)

$ 5 .1 2 2

Multiply Item D(l) by the
percentage indicated below
for the appropriate period:
$ 5 ,1 2 2

x

Z

12.5

-

$ _ _ 6 4 0 _____

Item D(l)
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5

1

2
3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding

(3)

1 0 0 .0

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item
C, + Item D(2).
$

1,206 _______ + $

Col. 3, Item C

640___________

-

$

1

$

1,615

$

?31

Col. 3, Item D(2)

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH RESERVE BANK:
2.

3.

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 2 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 1C,
OR Item 1D(3)). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$

-0-_______

or

-9-

PART B (2): TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IK
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980

Item Number
1.

Total required reserves on:
A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A,
Item 2 OR Item 12).

$

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

$5.472

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Section
IV, Part A, Item 14).

$

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$ 6.328

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item IE by the percentage Indicated
below for the appropriate period.
$ 6.328
x
40
*
Item IE

■

$ 2.531

Percentage of reserve
reqiulrement to be maintained
40
45
50
55
65
75
85

1
2

3
4
5
6

7

100

8 and succeeding

3.

4.

382

-0 -

Total required reserves: Sum of
Items IA, IB, 1C, and ID.

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

474

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 3 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 2). If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE
DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

$

1.615

916

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash
NO ACCOUNTS - GREATER THAN TRANCHE
W

Rpi1a blnea o tacoeo bsns ec dyt tanaattosn dlas
ec l aac t l h ls t uies ah a o h eri huad olr.
l
Clm 5
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm 9
oun
Clm 9
oun
Clm 1
oun
C'm 4
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 2
oun
W d ady
a nia
Ttl
oa
Tady
uta
DiyAaaa
al vrg
Tuia
hrdy
Sn a
ud y
Mna
ody
Stra
audy
Fia
rdy
Ml [hu. Ml. |Tos Mt. [ hu Ml | hu Ml. |hu Ml. |hu. Ml. jhis Ml jhu, Ml. |h m
il toi is hu is T ai il Toi it Toi il Tos it Tor. il Tot il T o .
IIP

IM m*
T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
Dem and Deposits
1.

Doe T o D e pository In s titu tio n s :

lljf

• . B a n k s ....................................................................
b. O th e r D e p o s ito ry I n s titu t io n s ......................
2.

U.S. G o v e rn m e n t.....................................................

3.

O ther D e m a n d .........................................................

a?/
/J
9 V)/
/o

H
9 v /ji
/O A C ,/

9

36/

3/~j
-tto
/J / i i
/JL
9 V/.5 9
/o
Jo H U

/C 7 9 5
9
Ao

/O 79$
9 33/
30

2o

/J

m

4.

A T S A c c o u n ts .........................................................

5.

T elephone and Preauthorized Transfers..........

6.

900
9 130

N O W A c counts/Share D r a f t s ..............................

7

9

0

•30

/f. 3 0 0
< ill
>
JO 3 fit

Total (m ust equal sum o f Items 1 th ro u g h 6 above!

DEDUCTIONS FROM TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
8.

# 7
/J O
¥3/
a ¥ *i

7A¥
9 d r?
/< ? i f ?

/J ¥
9 ¥A 7
/o 2 9 ^

I H

Demand Balances Due From Depository Institutions in the U.S.:

9 Cs Iesi Poeso C l e t o ..............
. a h t m n r cs f o l c i n

p

s

jT

%

/<.

w

vstn //6> 9 9 5
9 33/
332.
3 0 j s S J / / 734/

1J?
-

3

10.

Pe rsona l...............................................................................................

11.

N o n p e r s o n a l......................................................... ...........................

12.

7
SJ s v o

//

//o

.............................................

a. O rigina l m a tu r ity o f less than 4 years ..............................
b. O rigina l m a tu r ity of 4 years or m o re

...............................

7

Ik

7 ?<ZO
// 99<k

0$

?

77S
2 2 9J5

// f ¥ 3

7 ?7</
/ / PVS

xvc

/ip

V

2

55°

// i

V
8

5V5

/
/

/J2.

2

// i V C
.
.

/} rs
</ .?¥?

c. /9 0
¥

SiW

ft " V

/f o

<T

4

j

c /> 2

M

V

*

M

s¥s

H

ft ' * 3

'/$

/ /J ¥
/ V o3

/ S J.i,'
/

//

/£ C39
<.

4

9 333

J O 2</9
/0 ?
zz& z

5

6
7

V A U L T C A S H .....................................................................................

Iei
tm

• .
.
/ /* o
/ *Soo

¥02

J /2 2
O
/ VU

.
.
/ V»A

7
10
/ / 9*.*; 11
A i t * 12

6 '7 * i

/ ’
/ /J7
#*»7

¥

?/

787

T o ta l (m ust equal sum o f Items 13 end 1 4 ) .......... ............ ,
A ll Tim e D eposits in D e n o m in a tio n o f S 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 o r m o re
(in clu d e d in Items 13 and 1 4 ) ............................................. ......

1
7

7

N onpersonal:

1.
5
I.
B

3

7S/’/

T o ta l (m ust equal sum o M terns 10 and I t I .........................

T im e Deposits

1.
4

9

1b
2

/o

m

f

O th e r Savings Deposits

Personal (regardless o f m a tu r ity )

/IV

w

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E PO SITS

13.

la

W V £ .S t

/(.

5 /v
9 J3/
30

P

/ V /\Y ¥ C

J to

!

O th e r T ransaction A c co u n ts

7.

/«3

STf

-

14a

«2,

14b
15

- A*
7

7

/ /J 3
/ ¥03

16
17

Rpr a blna a o Tadi o bneiec dy10tenaettosn dlas
eot l aact i f h oa l unt ah a h ari huad olr.
l
Clm f
ounl
Clm 1
oun
Clm 2
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm A
oun
Clm 5
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm 8
oun
Tuia
hrdy
Fia
rdy
Stra
audy
DiyAaaa
al vrq
Mna
ody
S na
udy
Tedy
uta
Wdady
enia
Ttl
oa
Ml. [hu Ml. | hu Ml. |Toi Ml. |hu. Ml. | hu Ml ] hu Ml [hu Ml. |Toi Ml | hu
is To* is Toi il hu is Tos is Tot is Toi it Toi it hu
il Tos

SCHEDULE A. OTHER RESERVABLE OBLIGATIONS BY REMAINING MATURITY
Ineligible Acceptances and Obligjtions by Affiliates
1. M a tu rin g in less than 14 d a y s ..........................................................................................
2. M atu ring in 1 4 days o r more but less than 4 years:
a. Personal............................................................................................................................

l
l

b. N onpers onal...........................................................................................................

2b

NONMEMBERS

NOW ACCOUNTS GREATER
THAN TRANCHE

SECTION I I I .
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 ,

1980

Enter below the dally average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$ 108,320

(1)

Enter total Ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Sched­
ule A, Column 9, Line 1).

$ _ -0 _

(2 )

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$

108,320

(3)

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

9,010

(4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

$

99,310

(5)

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6.
6.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6).

$ 30,248

(6)

1/

7.

Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6.

$

78,072

(7)

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
8. 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8.
8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts:
Item 6 -.
s
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).

30,248
Item 6

108,320
”

-

. 2792

(8 )

Item 3

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased In. It includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

-2 ­
9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8.

$

2,516

(9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS:
Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$ 27.732

S 71.578

6.494

(12)

$ 16,392

$

(10)

(15)

$

(18)

(11)

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.
Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a)*

$ 16,392

(13)

Enter Ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
In 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

$

(14)

-0-

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).
Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches:
Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section I I , Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.
Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements:
Section II,
, Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .
TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

$

-0-

(16)

$

-0-

(17)

-0-

SECTION I V .
COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 ,

PART

1980

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$

?7,73?

(1)

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche 1/,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACQUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESt.iv/E REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW '
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
x 3%

$
Item 1 above

$

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).
4.

(3)

Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):

$ ________
Tranche
5.

$

-

$

___________
Item 1

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$ ____________ (4)

$ ____________ (5)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche Is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change In total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

I t e m Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$____________ (6)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS;
7.

$___________ x 3Z
Item 6

- $ ___________ ^ (7)

8.

$___________ x __________________ Z
Item 5
Reserve rate 2/

- $____________ (8)

9.

Total (Item 7 + Item 8)

$___________ (9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3Z

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$
25.000
Tranche amount

- $

750

(10)

= $

328

(11)

$ 27.732
$

25.000

* $

2.732

x

12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

12
Reserve
rate 2/

Z

$

1.078

(12)

1 / The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment tothe tranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branches and agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 12 percent.

I t e m Num ber
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:
13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D.
1/

12
Z - $
Reserve
rate 1/

8.589

(13)

Z - $

492

(14)

Z - $

-0 - (15)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

$ 71 .578
*
Section III,
Item 12

$ 16.392

*

3

Reserve
rate 2/

Section III,
Item 15

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

$

-0 Section III,
Item 18

x

3
Reserve
rate ZJ

IF YOUR INSTITUTION WAS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980,
CONTINUE TO PART B(l). OTHERWISE, GO TO PART B(2).

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3
J
Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

PART B ( 1 ) :

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 9 8 0
Required Reserves
Calculated
x

From Part A____
Column (1)

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
1. Total required reserves
on:
A.

B.

Net NOW accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 2 Oil
Item 12).

1,078

1.0000

-

$

1 ,078

Net other transaction
accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings.depos­
its maturing in less than
4 years; and certain Euro­
currency transactions.
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

C.

$

Net other transaction
accounts (Section IV,
Part A, Item 9 OR
Item 13).

$ 8,589

Nonpersonal time and
savings deposits matur­
ing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A,
Item 14).

492

Certain Eurocurrency
transactions (Section
IV, Part A, Item 15).
Total (sum of Column 1,
Items B(l), B(2), and
B(3)).

Total required reserves (sum
of Items IA and 1B(4))

- 0

$

9,081

$ 10,159
(Before transitional
adjustment)

0

1/
.125

-

$ 1,135

f

2,213

(After trans.
adjustment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM ID. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 2.
T7 The transitional adjustment factor - 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance
period, the transitional adjustment factor Is 1.000 - .875 ™ 0.125.
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 1B(4) of Part B(l)
are provided in Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(1)

(2)

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
Percentage that computed
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
reserves will ber e d u c e d __________________ 100

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1)

tReserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2)

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
_______________ 100______
0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

I t e m Number

D.

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION THAT
BECAME A MEMBER OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
(1)

(2)

Enter the difference between
Item 1C, Column 1, and Item
1C, Column 3.
Multiply Item D(l) by the
percentage Indicated below
for the appropriate period:
$ 7,946
x
12.5
Z
Item D(l)

$ 7,946_____

-

$

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank

993

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding
(3)

100.0

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item
C, + Item D(2).
$ 2,213
+ $
993_________
Col. 3, Item C
Col. 3, Item D(2)

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH RESERVE BANK:
2.

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).

3.

Subtract Item 2 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 1C,
OR Item 1D(3)). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$

810________

Or

-9 -

PART B( 2 ) : TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 9 8 0
Item Number
1.

Total required reserves on:
A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IT, Part A,
Item 2 OR Item 12).

-1.078

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

8.589

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Section
IV, Part A, Item 14).

$_

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

Total required reserves: Sum of
Items IA, IB, 1C, and ID.

$ 10,159

492

-0 -

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item IE by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.

$

10,159

$

x ___ 4 0 ____ Z

4,064

Item IE
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

Percentage of reserve
reqiuirement to be maintained

40
45
50
55
65
75
85

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding
3.

4.

100

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).

$

1,403

Subtract Item 3 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 2). If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE
DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER. ‘

$

2 ,6 6 1

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash

f n 7900

NO N W ACCOUNTS
O

Hcpon all balancw

a ol
s

ihe d o i e ol b u t in m cach day <o ihe nearest thousand dollars.

Mna
ody

Stra
audy
Memi

Clm 8
oun

Clm 4
oun

Column I

Mils.

Mi. |hu.
»| Toi

| T ho us

M.l*.

| Thom

T edy
uio
Ml. jhu
il Toi

Wednesday
Mil*.

I Thous

Mill,

| Thous.

T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N TS
D e m a n d De posits
1.

Du® T o D e p o s it o r y In s titu tio n s :
a. B a n k i ......................................................................................................................
b. O th e r D e p o s it o r y I n s t i t u t i o n * ...................................................................

2.

U.S. G o v e r n m e n t .....................................................................................................

3.

O th e r D e m a n d .......................................................................................

,

O th e r Transaction A c c o u n t*
4.

A T S A c c o u n t * .........................................................................................................

5.

T e lep h o n e and P rea u th o rize d T ra n s f e rs ...................................................

6.

N O W A c co u n ts /S h a re D r a f t s ............................ ...............................................

7. T o t a l (m ust equal sum o f I te m s t throu gh 6 a b o v e ) .......................................

D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
8.

D e m a n d Balances D u e F r o m D e p o s it o r y In s titu tio n s in th e U .S .:

9.

Cash Ite m s in Process o f C o l l e c t i o n ..............................................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E P O S IT S
O th e r Saving* De posits
10.

P ers o n a l........................................................................................................................

11.

N o n p ers o n al................................................................................................................

1?.

T o t a l (m u s t equal sum o f Ite m s 10 and 1 1 )

..........................

T»me Dep osits
13.

Personal (regardless o f m a t u r i t y )

14.

........................................................... .. .

Nonp ers onal:
a. O rig in al m a t u r i t y o f less th a n 4 years

...............................................

b. Orig.iial m a t u r i t y o f 4 years or m o r e

.............................. ................

15.

T o t a l (m us t equal sum o f Ite m s 13 and 1 4 )

IB .

A ll T i m e D eposits in D e n o m i n a t i o n o f $ 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 o r m o r t

.............................

(in c lu d e d in Ite m s 1 3 and 1 4 ) .........................................................................
1 7. V A U L T C A S H ........................................................................................................................

flrpon all balance* as of th> clost of b m i n ti i each day to ih t nearett thousand dollars.
Column 7

Column 5

Tusa
hrdy
Mil*
S C H E D U L E A: O T H E R R E S E R V A B L E O B L I G A T I O N S B Y R E M A I N I N G M A T U R I T Y
In e lig ib le A c cepta nces and O b lig atio n s by A ffilia te s
1. M a tu r i n g in less th a n 14 d a y s ....................................................................................................

a. P erso n al..................................................... ............................................ ..................... .........................
b. N o n p e r s o n a l ............................ .. ...................................... ...............................................................

j Thou*.

Ml. ]hu.
i* Toi

Mill.

| Thoui

Clm 0
oun
Tedy
usa

Clm 8
oun
DtyAeae
ai vrg

VVedneidey
Miij.

I Thoui

Mill.

[ Thoui

SAVINGS AND LOANS

NO NOW ACCOUNTS

SECTION I I I .
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 ,

1980

Enter below the daily average from the designated colusins and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$ 7,092____ (1 )

Enter total Ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Schedule A, Column 9, Line 1).

$

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$ -7*092

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9).

$ 1,434

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative anount.

$ 5,fi58

-0 -

(2 )

..

(3)

(4)

-

(5)

If Item 5 Is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6

.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

$-Q-_ (6 )

$ 7,092____ (7)

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero In Items
8 . 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8

.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 -.
s
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).
____ =n=___ i — -nItem 6
•
Item 3

-_• -o-_

(8>

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and N e w Jersey.

-2 -

16.

17.

18.

$

1,434

(1 1 )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.

$ 5,658

$ 7,335

Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

$

7,335

$

-0 -

(15)

(18)

(13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

(1 2 )

(14)

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).
Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

$

-0 -

(16)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements:
Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

$

-0 -

(17)

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

1

15.

Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

(1 0 )

1

IA.

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.

0

13.

(9)

1

12.

-0 -

<v
/

11.

$

o

10.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

<>
/

9.

-3 -

SECTION I V .
COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 , 1980

PART
Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$

-0-

(1)

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche 1 /,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREKENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT T R A N C H E :

2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
$
-0 Item 1 above

3.

4.

5.

x 32

=
■
$

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).
Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):
$ 25,000
$
-QTranche
Item 1
Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$

5,658

-0-____ (2)

(3)

$ 25,000_____ (4)

$

~0~____ (5)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change In total transaction
accounts at all depository Institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

-4 -

I t e m N um ber
6

.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$

5,658____ (6 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS;
7.

8*

$ 5,658
Item

x 32

$

12 ________ _ X
Reserve rate 2/

x
Item 5

9.

» $

170

(7)

6

Total (Item 7 + Item

8

= $
■

-0 -

(8 )

)

$

170____ _ (9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/i
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS;
10.

32

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$
Tranche amount

- $___________ (10)

$_
$

(1 1 )
Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

$ __________ (12)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of Regulation
D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 12 percent.

-5 -

Item Number
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:
‘
13.

14.

Enter the anount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN A YEARS:
Enter anount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

•

$___________ x ________ X - $_________ (13)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 12
rate 1/

$ 7,335
x
3
*
Section III,
Reserve
Item 15
rate If

3

$

220

d 4?

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

$
-0x
3
Section III,
Reserve
Item 18
rate 3/

1

- $

-0-

IF YOUR INSTITUTION WAS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980,
CONTINUE TO PART B(l). OTHERWISE, GO TO PART B(2).

If Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate Is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

(15)

-6PART B ( 1 ) :

TO feE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 9 8 0

Required Reserves
Calculated
x
From Part A____
Column (1)

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3 )

Item Number
1* Total required reserves
on:
A.

B.

Net NOW accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 2 OR
Item 12).

-

1.0000

$

-0 -

Net other transaction
accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings.depos­
its maturing in less than
4 years; and certain Euro­
currency transactions.
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

C.

-0 -

Net other transaction
accounts (Section IV,
Part A, Item 9 OR
Item 13).

170

Nonpersonal time and
savings deposits matur­
ing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A,
Item 14).

220

Certain Eurocurrency
transactions (Section
IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

-0 -

Total (sum of Column 1,
Items B(l), B(2), and
B(3)).

$

390

1/

Total required reserves (sum
of Items IA and 1B(4))
(Before transitional
adjustment)

-£> v125_

-

$

-49-

-49(After trans­
adjustment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM ID. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 2.
T 7 The transitional adjustment factor * 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance
period, the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 - .875 * 0.125.
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 1B(4) of Part B(l)
are provided in Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979]
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(2 )

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

co Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1 )

(2 )

•Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

I t e m N um ber

D.

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION THAT
BECAME A MEMBER OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
(1 )

(2)

Enter the difference between
Item 1C, Column 1, and Item
1C, Column 3.
Multiply Item D(l) by the
percentage indicated below
for the appropriate period:
$
341
x
12,5 Z
Item D(l)

$___341

-

$

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank

3
4
5
6

7

(3)

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5

1
2

8

43

and succeeding

100.0

Adjusted total required
reserves:
Column 3, Item
C, + Item D(2).

A

49
_+
^
_
Col. 3, Item C
Col. 3, Item D(2)

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH RESERVE BANK:
2.

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).

3.

Subtract Item 2 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 1C,
OR Item 1D(3)). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

-0-

-9-

PART B( 2 ) : TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 9 8 0

Item Number
1.

Total required reserves on:

$

_n_

$

170

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Section
IV, Part A, Item 14).

$

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

-0 -

Total required reserves: Sum of
Items IA, IB, 1C, and ID.
2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A,
Item 2 OR Item 12).
Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

A.

$

390

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item IE by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.
$
390
x
40______ *
Item IE
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

-

40
45
50
55
65
75
85

2

3

4
5
6

7
3.

4.

156
$_______

Percentage of reserve
reqlulrement to be maintained

1

8

220

and succeeding

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 3 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 2). If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE
DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

100

983

-0-

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash

FR2900

N WA C U T LESS T A T A C E
O CONS
HN RNH

Clm 1
oun
Tuij
hrdy
Ml. I Thout.
ia

Items

Hprilblnt a o ttdt o btnt ec dyl tanin totn dlas
io a aact t f h oe l uies ah a o h irt huad olr.
t
Clm 8
oun
Clm 9
oun
Clm 5
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm 4
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 2
oun
Mna
ody
DiyA v v rtg f
al
Tutiday
Wadnaiday
Total
Sna
udy
Fia
rdy
Stra
audy
it
il
it Toi it Toi il Toi it Toi
Ml. 1Toi Ml. | Thoui. Mt | Thoui. Ml. 1Thoui. Ml. 1hu. Ml. ihu. Ml. ihu Ml Ihu.
is hu it

T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
D e m a n d De posits
1.

^ B ll

D ue T o D e p o s ito r y I n i t i t u t i o n i :
a.

1 1 IP

B a n k ! .....................................................................................................................

b. O th e r D e p o s ito r y In s t i t u t i o n s ........................... . . ...............................
2.

U .S . G o v e r n m e n t ....................................................................................................

3.

O th e r D e m a n d ..........................................................................................................

O t h e r Tra n sa c tio n A c co u n ts
4.

A T S A c c o u n t s ..........................................................................................................

5.

7.

T e le p h o n e »nd P reauth oriz ed T ran sfers. ................................................

6.

N O W A c co u n ts /S h a re D r a f t s ...........................................................................

T o tal (m ust equal sum o f Items 1 through 6 a b o v e ) ......

.......................

D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
B.

D em an d Balances D ue F r o m D e p o s it o ry In s titu tio n s in th e U .S .:

9.

Cash Item s in Process o f C o l l e c t i o n .............................................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E P O S IT S
O th e r Sawings Deposits
10.

P erso n al....................................................................................................

1 1.

N o n p e r s o n a l .............................................................................................................

1 2.

T o t a l (m u s t equal sum o f Ite m s 10 and 1 1)

..........................................

T im e De posits
13.

Personal (regardless o f m a t u r i t y !

14.

................................................................

N o np ersonal:

a. O rigina l m a tu rity o f less rhan 4 years

............... ...........................

b. Orig in al m a t u r it y o f 4 years or m o re

........... .. .................................

15.

T o t a l (m us t equal sum of Ite m s 13 and 14)

16.

A ll T im e Deposits in D e n o m in a t io n o f $ 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 o r m o r e

. . . . r .............................

(in c lu d ed in Ite m s 1 3 and 1 4 ) .........................................................................
1 7. V A U L T C A S H .........................................................................................................................

R ip o it all balances at of the close o j butinets each day to tha nearest i homar»d dollars.

S C H E D U L E A: O T H E R R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S BY R E M A IN IN G M A T U R IT Y
In e ligible Accepta nces and Obligations by A f filia te s
1. M a tu r i n g in less than 14 d a y s .........................................
2. M a tu r in g in 14 days or m ore b u t less tha n 4 years
a. Personal...........................
b. N o n p ers o n al

.............................. ...

■

B

l

NOW ACCOUNTS LESS
THAN TRANCHE

SAVINGS AND LOANS
SECTION I I I .
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 , 1 9 8 0

Enter below the daily average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$

21,357

(i)

-0 -

(2 )

$ 21,357

(3)

1,434

(A)

$ 19,923

(5)

$ 14,265

(6 )

$

7,092

(7)

6679

(8 )

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Sched­
ule A, Column 9, Line 1).
Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.
Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) ,

5. Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.
If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6

.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
8 . 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
I
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8

.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 -.
J
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).
14,265
. 21.357
Item 6
Item 3

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It Includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law In
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

-29.

10.

11.

12.

13.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$ 958______ (9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.

(10>

Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$ 476_______ ( H )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.
Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

14.

6,616

(1 2 )

$

7,335

(15)

$

-°~

(18)

$7,335______ (13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

15.

$

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).

16.

17.

18.

Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.
Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
•I Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .
TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

$

$

~°'

'°~

(16)

(17)

-3 -

SECTION I V .
COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 , 1980

PART

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$

13.307

(1)

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche 1 /,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:

$

13,307
I te m 1 above

x 3Z

$ _____ 399

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).

6,6 1 6

(3)

11,693

(4)

-n-

(5)

Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):

$

25.0 00
Tranche

5.

“

$

13

3f i 7

Item 1

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, It will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

(2)

-4 -

I t e m Number
6.

E n te r th e l e s s e r o f Ite m 3
and Ite m 4 .

$ 6 , 6 1 6 _______ ( 6 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:
7*

8

.

9.

$ 6,616
Item
$

x 3Z

- $

198_____ _ (?)

6

-0I ten 5

x _________ 1 2
Reserve rate

Total (Item 7 + Item

8

Z

= $
■

-0 -

(8 )

2
J

)

$

^ 8

____ (9 )

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3Z

x

$
Tranche amount

- $___________ (10)

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$_

(1 1 )
Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

$ __________ _(12)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

I t e m Num ber
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS;

13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

S
__________ _ X ________ I - $_________ (13)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 12
rate 1/

7 >335
x
3
Section III,
Reserve
Item 15
rate 2/

z

= $
•

220

(14)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

%= $
$____ _______ x _____ 3
Section III,
Reserve
Item 18
rate 3/

~0~____ (15)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION WAS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980,
CONTINUE TO PART B(l). OTHERWISE, GO TO PART B(2).

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

-6-

PART B ( 1 ) :

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENCAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 9 8 0

Required Reserves
Calculated
From Part A____
Column (1)

x

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
1. Total required reserves
on:
A.

B.

Net NOW accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 2 OR
Item 12).

399

1.0000

-

$

399

Net other transaction
accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings depos­
its maturing in less than
4 years; and certain Euro­
currency transactions.
(1 )

(2)

Net other transaction
accounts (Section IV,
Part A, Item 9 OR
Item 13).
Nonpersonal time and
savings deposits matur­
ing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A,
Item 14).

(3)

Certain Eurocurrency
transactions (Section
IV, Part A, Item 15).

(4)

C.

$

Total (sum of Column 1,
Items B(l), B(2), and
B(3)).

Total required reserves (sum
of Items IA and 1B(4))

198

220

-0 -

418

$
817
(Before transitional
adjustment)

0

1

-

$

52

_451_
(After trans.
adjustment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM ID. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 2.
17 The transitional adjustment factor “ 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance
period, the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 - -875 * 0.125.
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 1B(4) of Part B(l)
are provided in Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository Institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(1 )

(2 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1 )

(2 )

» Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

I t e m N u m b er

D.

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION THAT
BECAME A MEMBER OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
(1)

(2)

Enter the difference between
Item 1C, Column 1, and Item
1C, Column 3.

$

Multiply Item D(l) by the
percentage indicated below
for the appropriate period:
$ 366______. * 12.5
Z
Item D(l)
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank

2

3
4
5
6

7

(3)

46

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5

1

8

366

and succeeding

100.0

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item
C, + Item D(2).
A - v-451 ------ + $-46Col. 3, Item C
Col. 3, Item D(2)

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH RESERVE BANK:
2.

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).

3.

Subtract Item 2 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 1C,
OR Item 1D(3)). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

_Q_

-15PART B( 2 ) ;

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 98 0

Item Number
1.

Total required reserves on:
A*

B.

C.

□.

E.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A,
Item 2 OR Item 12).

$

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item13).

$_ 198

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Section
IV, Part A, Item 14).

$

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$ -0 -

Total required reserves: Sum of
Items IA, IB, 1C, and
ID.

$ 817

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item IE by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.

$

?qq

817

x

an

220

327

*

Item IE
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering Into business

Percentage of reserve
requirement to be maintained
40
45
50
55
65
75
85

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8

3.

4.

and succeeding

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 3 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 2). If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE
DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

100

983

-0-

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash

N WA C U T G E T R T A T A C E
O CONS RAE HN RNH

Rpr alaacta o iaco*o binMN hdyt tanaatiotn dlas
aot lbine t l h lt f uie c a o h art huad olr.
Clm 9
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm G
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm 4
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 1
oun
Clm 2
oun
Mna
ody
Ttdy
uia
Wd e d y
ensa
Ttl
oa
DiyAeae
al vrg
Sna
udy
Tuia
hrdy
Sira
audy
Fia
rdy
Ml. |hu. Ml. 1Toi Ml. 1 hu. Ml | hu Ml. 1hu. Ml. 1hu Ml. |hu. Ml, jhu Ml. [hu.
i* Toi it hu it Toi it Toi it Toi it Toi il Toi il Tol il Toi

Ies
tm
T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
D e m a n d Deposits
1.

D ue T o D e p o s ito r y In s titu tio n s :
*.

B a n k s ...........................................................................

b.

O th e r D e p o s it o r y I n s t i t u t i o n s . ...................

2.

U .S . G o v e r n m e n t ..........................................................

3.

O th e r D e m a n d .............................

O t h e r T ra n sa c tio n A c co u n ts
4.

A T S A c c o u n t s ................................................................

5.

T e le p h o n e and P reauth oriz ed T ran sfers ...........

6.

N O W A c c o u n ts /S h a r e D r a f t s ..................................

7.

T o tal {m us t equal sum o f Items 1 th r o u g h 6 above)

D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
8.

D e m an d Balances D ue P r o m D e p o s ito r y In s titu tio n s in t h e U .S .:

9.

Cash Ite m s In Process o f C o l l e c t i o n ..............................................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E P O S IT S
O t h e r Savings Deposits
10.

Pers ona l..........................................................................................................

1 1.

N o n p e r s o n a l . ...............................................................................................

1 2.

T o t a l (m u s t equal sum of Ite m s 10 and 1 1 )

.................... ..... .

T i m e D e p o s it s
13.

Personal (regardless o f m a t u r i t y )

14.

Nonp ers onal:
a.

O riflin al m a t u r i t y o f less th a n 4 years

b. O r i g in a l m a t u r i t y of

1.
5
1.
6

..................................................

4 years or m o re

..................................
..................................

T o t a l (m u s t equal sum of Ite m s 13 and 1 4 )

. . . . .................

A H T i m e Deposits in D e n o m i n a t i o n o f 5 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 o r m o r e
(i n c lu d e d in I te m s 13 and 1 4 ) ...........................................................

17

V A U L T CASH

Itemt
S C H E D U LE A: O T H E R R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S BY R E M A IN IN G M A T U R IT Y
In e lig ib le Ac cepta nces and O bligatio ns by A f filia te s
1. M a tu r in g in lest than 14 d a y s .........................................
2

M a tu r in g in 14 da ys or m ore but less th a n 4 years
a. Personal
b

Nonpeoonal

Rpr alblna a o tecoao btatec dyt tenaat(oin diai
eot l aact t f h lt f umt ah a o h art huad air.
Clm 9
oun
Clm 1
oun
Clm 2
oun
Clm 3
oun
Cl m 5
oun
Clm 4
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm B
oun
Clm ?
oun
Fia
rdy
Stra
audy
Mna
ody
T ady
uia
O-vAeae
t1 vrg
Tuia
hrdv
Sna
udy
Wd a d y
ante
Ttl
oa
Ml |h>* Ml. | hu Ml | hu Mi J hu Ml. 1 hu Ml | hu. Ml I h m Ml. | hu M i [hu
it tiu. it To. il T oi .» Toi it Toi il Toi il T o
it Toi
l Toi

NOW ACCOUNTS GREATER
THAN TRANCHE

SAVINGS AND LOANS
SECTION I I I .
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 , 1 9 8 0

Enter below the daily average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$___ 4 5

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Schedule A, Column 9, Line 1).

$

-n-

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$

45.685

(3)

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

1,551

(4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

$

44,134

(5)

$

36,494

(6 )

$

9,191

(7)

5 3 5 __

(1)

_ (2 )

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6

.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero In Items
, 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8

8

. Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 ~
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).
36,494___ i -45.685
Idem 6 '
Item 3

" ______•7 8 . (8 >
9 8_

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

-2 -

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$

1 .2 3 9

(9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$

312

Enter Ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).
TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).

16.

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

2 >8 8 4

$

2,884

(15)

-0 -

(18)

(13)

-0 -

(14)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

18.

(1 2 )

Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

17.

$

8,879

(1 1 )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.
Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing In less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

(1 0 )

$

$

3 5 ,2 5 5

-3 -

SECTION I V .
COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 ,

PART

1980

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$

35,255

(1 )

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche V ,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW '
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
$
Item 1 above

3.

4.

5.

x 3%

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).

(2 )

$

(3)

Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):
$ _ _
$ _ _ _ _ _ _"
Tranche
Item!

$ ___________ (4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$ ___________ (5)

17 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository Institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

I t e m Number
6.

E n te r th e l e s s e r o f Ite m 3
and Ite m 4 .

$

(6)

$_

(7)

$

(8 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:
7.

x 3Z

$
Item

8

.

6

$
rtSh 5

9.

Reserve rate

Total (Item 7 + Item

8

2/

)

(9)

$

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3%

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$ 25,000_______
Tranche amount
$

95

750

(10)

- $

1.231

(I D

35,255

$

- $

- $

nnp

10,255

x

12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

12
Reserve
rate 2j

*

$

1.981

(12)

T7 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at
all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche may
be
required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of Regulation
D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

-5 -

I t e m Num ber
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:

13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

Section III,
Item 12

_
12_ Z - $
Reserve
rate 1 /

1 ,065

(13)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

8,879

$ 2,884
Section III,
Item 15

Z

- $

Z

- $

87__ (14)

Reserve
rate 2 /

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

-0 Section III,
Item 18

-0-

Reserve
rate 3/

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate Is 3 percent.

(15)

-6 -

PART B ( 1 ) :

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 9 8 0

Required Reserves
Calculated
From Part A____
Column (1)

x

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
1. Total required reserves
on:

A.

Net NOW accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 2 OR
Item 12).

1,981

1.0000

-

$ 1,981

Net other transaction
accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings.depos­
its maturing in less than
4 years; and certain Euro­
currency transactions.
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

C.

Net other transaction
accounts (Section IV,
Part A, Item 9 OR
Item 13).

$

Nonpersonal time and
savings deposits matur­
ing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A,
Item 14).

87

Certain Eurocurrency
transactions (Section
IV, Part A, Item 15).
Total (sum of Column 1,
Items B(l), B(2), and
B(3)).

Total required reserves (sum
of Items IA and 1B(4))

1,065

-0 -

$

1,152

x

$ 3.133
(Before transitional
adjustment)

0

1/
. 125

-

$

144

2,125
(After trans>
adjustment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER.
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM ID. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 2.
T7 The transitional adjustment factor ■ 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance
period, the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 - .875 ■ 0.125.
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 1B(4) of Part B(l)
are provided In Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(1)

(2)

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
________________ 1 0 0

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1)

»Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2)

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
______________ 1 0 0 _____
0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

-8 -

I t e m N um ber

D.

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION THAT
BECAME A MEMBER OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
(1 )

(2)

Enter the difference between
Item 1C, Column 1, and Item
1C, Colirrm 3.
Multiply Item D(l) by the
percentage indicated below
for the appropriate period:
$ 1,008
x 12.5
X
Item D(l)

$

-

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank

2

3
4
5
6

7

(3)

126

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5

1

8

1,008

and succeeding

100.0

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item
C, + Item D(2).
+ $ 1
Col. 3, Item C
Col. 3, Item D(2)

$

2,251

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH RESERVE BANK:
2.

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).

3.

Subtract Item 2 from your Institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 1C,
OR Item 1D(3)). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$ 1,070

$ 1 ,0 5 5

or

$

1 ,1 8 1

-9 PART B( 2 ) ; TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1 9 8 0

Item Number
1.

Total required reserves on:
A.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A,
Item 2 OR Item 12).

$

B.

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

C.

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Section
IV, Part A, Item 14).

$_

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

D.

E.

2.

87

-0 -

3,133

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item IE by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.
*

4Q

$

z

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

Percentage of reserve
reqiulrement to be maintained
40
45
50
55
65
75
85

1

3
4
5
6

7
8

1,253

1

2

4.

1,065

Total required reserves: Sum of
Items LA, IB, 1C, and ID.

$ 3.133
Item IE

3.

1,981

and succeeding

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 3 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 2). If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE
DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

100

$ 1,070

183

CO PUTA N W R SH
M
TIO
O K EETS
CREDIT UNIONS

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash

C ED U IO S
R IT N N
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS LESS THAN TRANCHE

Rp al aacta o i*coeo b a n w hdyi tanaat huaddlas
eoiibina i f h li f u i m c a o h ert tosn olr,
Clm 9
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm B
oun
Cl m 4
oun
Clm 1
oun
Clm 2
oun
Clm 3
oun
Mna
ody
Wdia
tmdy
Tedy
usa
Ttl
oa
DiyAtaa
al vrg
Sna
udy
Tusa
hrdy
Fia
rdy
Stra
audy
Toi
Ml i Toi Ml. IToi Ml. 1Toi Mils. Ihu. Ml. Ihu. Ml. ihu. Ml. |hu Ml. j h m Mil| 1hu
il hu. is hu il hu
lo* il Toi is Toi il Toi il T o

lei
im
t r a n s a c t io n

a c c o u n t s

D e m a n d De posits
1.

D u e T o D e p o s ito r y In s titu tio n s :

s. B a n k s ...............................................
b. O th e r D e p o s ito r y In s titu tio n s
2.

O th e r D e m a n d ....................................

<V
Jj
r<
.o

U .S . G o v e r n m e n t ...............................

3.

mL

OIL
141

O t h e r Tra n s a c tio n Ac co unts
4.

A T S A c c o u n t s ...................................................................................................................................

5.
6.

W O W A e r n u n l i / $ h a r e D r a l l i .............................................. ....................................... ..............

■S’ / 9 y

T e l e p h o n e a nd P rea uth orize d T r a n sfers............................................................................

j r

/A

r *? v
zw
ir ?

J 2 JL<;9

7. T o ta l (m us t equal sum o f Item s 1 th ro u g h 6 a b o v e ) .................................................................

S' /y y
ft

. f /< n
99C.
n 17*

m

as.
UI

£-

&Cl
3i
-/
,'.v w

ttt
/A

/A ay<?

4

3Z l
/9 if
XT f/7

s
e

V

</<?/

1

D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
b.

D e m a n d Balances Due F r o m D e p o s it o r y In s titu tio n s in th e U .S .-

9.

Cash Ite m s in Process o f C o l l e c t i o n ......................... .. .................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E P O S IT S
O t h e r Savings Oeposits
1 0.

P e r s o n a l................................... ...................

1 1.

N o n p e r s o n a l .........................................

)2

T o t a l (m u s t eq ual sum o f Item s 10

........................................
.....................................
J 11)

J./V9

'vs

_5&o.

v3

H

Personal (regardless o f m a t u r i t y !

14.

N o n personal:
a.

O rigin al m a t u r i t y o f less than 4 years

i.
b
i.
b

..................................

i\pod

..................................

/ vv/

T o t a l (m us t equal sum o f Items 13 and 1 4)

17

A l l T i m e Deposits i n D e n o m i n a t i o n o f $ 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 o r m o r e

V A U L T CASH

Ie i
tm
J H E D U L E A: O T H E R R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S B Y R E M A I N I N G M A T U R I T Y
I n r i .g t.le A c cepta nces and Obligations by Affilia te s
1. M a tu r in g in less than 14 d a y s .........................................
2

vZo

. . . . » ...............

(in c lu d e d in I te m s 1 3 and 1 4 ] ............................................... . . . .

M a tu r i n g in 14 days Or m ore but less tha n 4 years
j.

Pers ona l..............................

ti

Nonp ersonal

............

................ .. . . . ......................

. .

j* a

93d

...................................................

b. O rifii.ia l m a t u r i t y o l 4 years or m o re

E

]

............................

T . m e De pos its
13.

?sc

— TX7--

■?

VCO

X3L
/o

£

. :---------------r

7

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

CREDITS UNIONS
SECTION I I I .
COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 , 1 9 8 0

PART A
Item Number
1.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$ 20,491

(1)

2.

Enter Ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates matur­
ing in less than 14 days (Sec­
tion I, Schedule A, Column 9,
Line 1).

3.

Total transaction accounts (Item
1 + Item 2).

$ 20,491

(3)

Enter total deductions (Section I,
Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

1,445

(4)

NET TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS: Total
transaction accounts less deduc­
tions (Item 3 less Item 4). If
negative, enter zero.

$ 19,046

(5)

4.

5.

6

.

REQUIRED RESERVES ON NET TRANSAC­
TION ACCOUNTS:
6 A.

6 B.

Amount in Item 5 or low reserve
requirement tranche,
which­
ever is less.

Amount of Item 5 In excess of
low reserve requirement tranche

$

\•
J

$

19,046

____ x

x 3Z

=

^

$

Zm

571

~0~

$

(6 A )

( 6 B)

Reserve
rate 2 /
6 C.

Total (Items

6A

+

6 B).

$

571

(6C)

17 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981* There
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at
all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche n a y
be
required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/
Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the por
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 12 percent.

-2 -

I t e m Number

7. Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion I, Column 9, Line 11 + Line 14a).
8.

9.

$

5,088

Ineligible acceptances and obliga­
tions by affiliates maturing in 14
days or more but less than 4 years—
nonpersonal (Section I, Schedule A,
Line 2b).
REQUIRED RESERVES ON TOTAL NON­
PERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 + Item 8 , multiplied by the
appropriate reserve rate.

(7)

(8 )

$ 5,088

Z

- $

153

(9 )

Reserve
rate 1 /
10.

11.

12.

Enter net balances due to own non-U.S.
branches: Section II, Line 9, Column 2
minus Section II, Line 9, Column 3 (if
negative, enter zero).

-0 -

(1 0 )

Enter the sum of all other Eurocurrency
transactions subject to reserve require­
ments: Section II, Line 9, Columns 1 +
4 + 5.

-0 -

(1 1 )

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 10 + Item 11, multiplied by
the appropriate reserve rate.

-0 -

3___ Z - $

-0 -

(1 2 )

Reserve
rate 2 /

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for nonper—
sonal time deposits.
As of October 30, 1980,
the rate is 3 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for certain
Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent*

CREDIT UNIONS
3 OF 6

-3 -

PART B (1):

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR
TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980

Required Reserves
Calculated
From Part A____
Column (1)

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column C3)

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

3.

4.

Total transaction accounts
(Section III, Part A, Item
6 C).

571

(1 )

Nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less
than 4 years (Section III,
Part A, Item 9).

153

(2 )

Certain Eurocurrency transac­
tions (Section III, Part A,
Item 12).
Total required reserves (sum
of Column 1, Items 1, 2, and
3).

-0 -

(3)

1/

724
(4)
(Before transi­
tional adjust­
ment)

91
(4)
(After transtional adjust­
ment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER SEPTEMBER 1,
198P, CONTINUE TO ITEM 5. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 8 .

T7 The transitional adjustment factor ■ 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance period,
the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 - .875 = 0.125.
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

CREDIT UNIONS
4 OF 6

-4 TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 4 of Part B(l)
are provided In Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(1)

(2)

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
________________ 1 0 0

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2 )

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
100

0.125
0.250
0-375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

CREDIT UNIONS
5 OF 6
5

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A DEPOSITORY
INSTITUTION THAT BECAME A MEMBER OF
THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
5.

6

.

Enter the difference between
Column 1, Item 4, and Column
3, Item 4.
Multiply Item 5 by the percent­
age indicated below for the
appropriate period:
$ 633
x
12.5
X
Item 5

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank

$

=

633

(5)

$

79

(6 )

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5
100.5

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8

7.

8

.

9.

and succeeding

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item 4
+ Item 6 .

$ 1 7 0 . ( 7 )

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 8 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 4,
OR Item 7. If negative, enter zero.
THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$

-0 -

OR

891

(8 )

-0-

(9)

CREDIT UNIONS
6 OF 6
-6 -

PART B( 2 ) :

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1980

Item Number

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Total net transaction accounts (Section
III, Part A, Item 6 c).

$

571

(1 )

Nonpersonal time and saving's deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion III, Part A, Item 9).

$

153

(2 )

Certain Eurodollar transactions
(Section III, Part A, Item 12).

$

Total required reserves:
Items 1, 2, and 3.

5

724

4*

Total required reserves on:

$

290

(5)

-0 -

(3)

Sum of

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item 4 by the percentage Indicated
below for the appropriate period.
$ 724
x
40
Z
Item 4

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering Into business

-

Percentage of reserve
requirement to i»e naintained

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding

40
45
50
55
65
75
85

ia o

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).

$

Subtract Item 6 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 5). If negative,
enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE
FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A
PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$

891

-0 -

(6 )

(7)

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash
CREDIT UNIONS

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS GREATER THAN TRANCHE
Rcpon all balances as ol the clo ic ol business each day to the nearest thousand dollars.
Column 4

Stra
audy
Ml. Ihu. Ml. ITtu
il ToJ is hi*

Ite m s

Mils,

Thous

Sn a
udy

Column S

Column 5
Monday

Ml. |hu.
is Tos

Clm 9
oun

Tuesday
Mils.

I Thou*.

Ml. Ihu.
is Toi

Mitt.

|Thgus

Mill. [Thous

T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
D e m a n d Deposits
1.

D u e T o D e p o s it o r y I n i t i a t i o n s :
a.

Banks ......................................................................................................................

b. O th e r D e p o s it o r y In s t i t u t i o n s ....................................................................
2.

U .S . G o v e r n m e n t ............................................................................................... .....

3.

O th e r D e m a n d ..........................................................................................................

O t h e r T ran sactio n Acco u n ts
4.

T e le p h o n e and P r e a u t h o r i w l T ran sfers...................................................

6.
7.

A T S A c c o u n t s ...........................................................................................................

5.

N O W A cco u n ts/< h t f f i D r a f t * ............................................................................
S

T o t a l (m ust equal sum o f It em s 1 throu gh 6 a b o v e ) ..................................

D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
8.

D e m a n d Balances D u e F r o m D e p o s it o ry In s titu tio n s in th e U .S .:

9.

Cash Ite m s in Process o f C o l l e c t i o n ..............................................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E P O S IT S
O th e r Savings Dep osits
10.

Per sonal. . ......................................................................... .........................................

1 1.

N o n p ers o n al................................................................................................................

12.

T o tal (m u s t eq ual sum o f Item s 10 and 1 1 1 ...........................................

T im e Deposits
13.

Personal (regardless o f m a t u r i t y )

1 4.

N o n p ers o n al:

................................................................

a. O rig in al m a t u r i t y o f less than 4 years

15.
10.

...........................................* ,

b . O r i g (.>al m a t u r i t y of 4 years o r m o re

................................................

T o t a H m u s t equal sum o f I t e m * 13 and 1 4 )

.............................

A ll T im e Deposits in D e n o m in a t io n o f $ 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 o r m o r *
(in c lu d e d in I t e m * 13 and 1 4 ) ................................................................... ..

17,

V A U L T C A S H .......................................... .......................................................................... ...

hm
e*
S C H E D U L E A: O T H E R R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S BY R E M A IN IN G M A T U R IT Y
In e ligible A c cepta nces and O b ligatio n s by A ffili a te s
1. M a tu r i n g in less th a n 14 d a y s ..........................................
2. M a tu r i n g in 14 days o r m o re b u t less th a n 4 years'
a. Pers ona l.............................................................................. .. ..

b Nnesnl
. oproa

Clm 1
oun
Tusa
hrdy
Ml. (hu.
is To*

Rpr a blne ol o th e Coeo bsns ec dyt tenaettosn dles
eot l aaci f ls f uies ah a o h ers huad olr.
l
Clm 5
oun
Clm B 1 C l m 0
oun
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm A
oun
Fia
rdy
Stra
audy
Tedy
usa
Ttl j DiyApae
oa
et vrq
Sn a
ud y
Mna
ody
W dady
e nsn
Mill
| hu Ml |Toi Ml |hu. Ml. [hu. Ml, | hu Ml. 1hu Ml, I hu j M<i| j hu
To* is hu is Toi ts Tot is Toi is Toi it Toi
Tot

CREDITS UNIONS

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE

SECTION I I I .
COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 , 19 8 0

PART A
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6

.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$

73.740

(1)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates matur­
ing in less than 14 days (Sec­
tion I, Schedule A, Column 9,
Line 1).

$

-0 -

(2 )

Total transaction accounts (Item
1 + Item 2).

$

73,740

(3)

Enter total deductions (Section I,
Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

9,010

(4)

NET TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS: Total
transaction accounts less deduc­
tions (Item 3 less Item 4). If
negative, enter zero.

$

64,730

(5)

REQUIRED RESERVES ON NET TRANSAC­
TION ACCOUNTS:
6 A.

Amount In Item 5 or low reserve
requirement tranche, 1 / which­
ever is less.

6B. Amount of Item 5 in excess of
low reserve requirement tranche 1/.

6C. Total (Items 6A + 6B).

$

$

39,730

x

12_____ Z* $
Reserve
rate 2 /

750

(6A)

4,768

( 6 B)

$5,518

(6C)

T7 The low reserve requirement tranche Is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at
all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche m a y
be
required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/
Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of Regulation
Dfor the por—
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

-2 -

I t e m Number

7. Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion I, Column 9, Line 11 + Line 14a).

1
/

$16,392

Enter net balances due to own. non-U.S.
branches: Section II, Line 9, Column 2
minus Section II, Line 9, Column 3 (if
negative, enter zero).

i
0
1

(1 0 )

Enter the sum of all other Eurocurrency
transactions subject to reserve require­
ments: Section II, Line 9, Columns 1 +
4 + 5.

i
0

(1 1 )

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 10 + Item 11, multiplied by
the appropriate reserve rate.

1

0

1

1

REQUIRED RESERVES ON TOTAL NON­
PERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 + Item 8 , multiplied by the
appropriate reserve rate.

<»
/

(8 )

<>
/

1

12.

1

11.

o

10.

<>
J

9.

Ineligible acceptances and obliga­
tions by affiliates maturing in 14
days or more but less than 4 years—
nonpersonal (Section I, Schedule A,
Line 2b).

(7)

<>
J

8.

$ 16,392

x

x

3
Z
Reserve
rate 1 /

- $

3
z- $
Reserve
rate 2 /

492

-0 -

(9)

(1 2 )

Enter the reserve
rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for nonper­
sonal time deposits.
As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for certain
Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

CREDIT UNIONS
3 OF 6

-3 -

PART B (1):

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR
TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980

Required Reserves
Calculated
From Part A____
Column (1)

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

x

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

Total transaction accounts
(Section III, Part A, Item
6 C).

$

3.

4.

Certain Eurocurrency transac­
tions (Section III, Part A,
Item 12).
Total required reserves (sum
of Column 1, Items 1, 2, and
3).

(1 )

492

Nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less
than 4 years (Section III,
Part A, Item 9).

5.518

(2 )

-0 -

(3)

1
/
$

(4)
(Before transi­
tional adjust­
ment)
6,010

x

0 >125

- $
751
(4)
(After transtional adjust­
ment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER SEPTEMBER 1,
198P, CONTINUE TO ITEM 5. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 8 .

T7 The transitional adjustment factor = 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
*
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance period,
the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 - .875 = 0.125.
*
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

CREDIT UNIONS
4 OF 6
-4 -

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 4 of Part B(l)
are provided in Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(1)

(2)

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
________________ 1 0 0

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2 )

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col* 2}
100

0.125
0-250
0-375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000

CREDIT UNIONS
5 OF 6
-5 -

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A DEPOSITORY
INSTITUTION THAT BECAME A MEMBER OF
THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
5.

6

.

Enter the difference between
Column 1, Item 4, and Column
3, Item 4.
Multiply Item 5 by the percent­
age indicated below for the
appropriate period:
$ 5,259
x
12.5
X
Item 5

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank
1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8

7,

and succeeding

$

-

5,259

(5)

$

657

(6 )

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5
100.5

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item 4
+ Item 6 .

$

Subtract Item 8 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 4,
OR Item 7. If negative, enter zero.
THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

-0-

(7 )

$

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).

1,408

M03

(8 )

(9)

CREDIT UNIONS
6 OF 6
-6 -

PART B( 2 ) :

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED I S
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1 , 1980

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

3.

4.

Total net transaction accounts (Section
III, Part A, Item 6 c).

$

5 >5 1 8

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion III, Part A, Item 9).

$

492

Certain Eurodollar transactions
(Section III, Part A, Item 12).

$

Total required reserves:
Items 1, 2, and 3.

$

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

(3)

6,010

(4)

$ 2,404

•

(5)

Percentage of reserve
requirement to Ba naintained

1

40

2

45

3

50
55
65

4
5

6

75

7

85
1G0

8

7.

(2 )

Sum of

5. Adjusted required reserves:
multiply
Item 4 by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.
$ 6,010
x
40
Z
Item 4

6.

-0 -

(1)

and succeeding

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).

$ 1,403

(6 )

Subtract Item 6 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 5). If negative,
enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE
FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A
PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$ 1,001

(7 )

CO PUTATIO W R SH
M
N O K EETS
E G CORPORATIO
DE
NS

FR2900

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS LESS THAI!
TRANCHE

Rpr .laacsa o tecoeo bsns ec dyt tenaettoin dltt
eot i blne t f h it f uies ah a o h ers huad ol'.
l
Cl m 6
oun
Clm 7
oun
Clm 8
oun
Clm 5
oun
Clm 9
oun
Clm 1
oun
Clm 3
oun
Clm 4
oun
Clm 2
oun
DiyAeae
al vrg
Mna
ody
Wd e d y
ensa
Tedy
usa
Tii
o«
Tusa
hrdy
Sna
udy
fra
rdy
Stra
audy
Ml. |hu Ml, 1Tos Ml 1ToS Ml. Ihu. Mii |hu. Mt. Ihu. Ml. ]hu. Wl. jhu Ml. Jhu,
il Tos il hu it hu. i* Toi J. Toi it Toi il 7ai il Tot il Tos

Um
ei
T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
Dem and D e p o iiti
1.

D u e T o D e p o s it o r y In s titu tio n s :
a. Ba nks ........................................................................................................................
b. O t h e r D e p o s it o r y I n s t i t u t i o n s ......................................................................

2.

U . S . G o v e r n m e n t ........................................................................................................

3.

O th e r D e m a n d .............................................................................................................

O t h e r T ra n s a c tio n A c c o u n ts
4.

T e l e p h o n e a n d P re a u th o r iz e d Tra n s fe rs ........................................................

6.
7.

A T S A c c o u n t s .............................................................................................................

5.

N O W A c c o u n ts /S h a r e D r a f t s ..............................................................................

T o t a l (m u s t e q u al sum o l It em s 1 th ro u g h 6 a b o v e ) .......................................

D E D U C T IO N S F R O M T R A N S A C T IO N A C C O U N T S
8.

D e m a n d Balances D u e F r o m D e p o s it o ry In s titu tio n s in th e U . S . : .

9.

Cash Ite m s in Process o f C o l l e c t i o n .................................................................

O T H E R S A V IN G S A N D T IM E D E P O S IT S
O th e r Savings Deposits
10.

P ers o n a l..............................................................................................................................

It.

N o n p e r s o n a l.................................................................................................................

1 7.

T o t a l (m u s t equal sum o f I t e m i 1 0 and 1 1 )

.............................................

T i m e Deposits
13.
14.

Personal (regardless o f m a t u r i t y )

......................................................................

N o n p ers o n al:
a. O rig in al m a t u r i t y o f less th an 4 years

1.
5
1.
6

...................................................

b. O rig »ia l m a t u r i t y n f 4 years or m o r e

...................................................

T o t a l Im u st equal sum o f I t e m * 13 and 14)

..............................................

A l l T i m e D ep o sit s in D e n o m in a t io n o f $ 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 o r r n o r t
(in c lu d ed in It em s 1 3 and 1 4 ) ...................................................................... .. ..

1 7. V A U L T C A S H

R ep o rt alt balance*
Column

\

Column 3

C o lu m n 4

Column S

Co l u m n 6

C ol um n 7

Fr id ay

S ai u rd a y

Sunday

M on da y

T uesday

Wedne*d»y
Mils.
| Thous

Th u rs d a y
liem i
S C H E D U L E A : O T H E R R E S E R V A B L E O B L IG A T IO N S BY R E M A IN IN G M A T U R IT Y
In e lig ib le Ac ce pta nc es and O b lig a t io n s b y A ffilia te s
1. M a tu r i n g in less th a n 1 4 d a y s ..........................................

2.

M a tu r in g in 1 4 d ays o r m o re b u t lets th a n 4 years'
a. P erso n al....................................................................................
b. N o n p e r s o n a l ........................................................................

Mil*.

I Thoui

0 o f t h | c f o s f o f b u s m e n ea ch d ay 1 t h e n ea re st t h o u s a n d dollar*.
1
0

Column 2

Mils

1 Th o u i.

Mils

1 Th ous .

Mils.

| T houi.

Mils,

[ Th ou i.

Mil*.

| Thoui

,

Column 8

Column 9

Total
Mil*,
| Thoui

Daily Avtraq*
Mils

I Th<3ui

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

SECTION I I I .
COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 3 0 , 19 8 0

PART A
I t e m Number

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates matur­
ing in less than 14 days (Sec­
tion 1, Schedule A, Column 9,
Line 1).

9

-0 -

(2 )

Total transaction accounts (Item
1 + Item 2).

9

24.579

(3)

Enter total deductions (Section I,
Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

3,234

(4)

NET TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS: Total
transaction accounts less deduc­
tions (Item 3 less Item 4). If
negative, enter zero.

1

$

24,579

(i)

21,345

(5)

21 ,345

x3Z

REQUIRED RESERVES ON NET TRANSAC­
TION ACCOUNTS:
6 A.

6 B.

6 C.

Amount in Item 5 or low reserve
requirement tranche, 1 / which­
ever is less.

Amount of Item 5 in excess of
low reserve requirement tranche

Total (Items

6A

+

6 B).

$

I.
f

$______ -0-

x

$

640

C 6 A)

12Z» $ -0-_________ ( 6 B)
Reserve
rate 2 /
$_640_(6C)

T7 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There—
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to
thetranche n a y
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 3 0 ,
1980, the
rate is 12 percent.

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

I t e m Number

7. Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion I, Column 9, Line 11 + Line 14a).
8

.

9.

Ineligible acceptances and obliga­
tions by affiliates maturing in 14
days or more but less than 4 years—
nonpersonal (Section I, Schedule A,
Line 2b).

3,677

(7 )

$

-0 -

(8)

O

1

<>
/

M

OO

$ 3,677

H

REQUIRED RESERVES ON TOTAL NON­
PERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 + Item 8 , multiplied by the
appropriate reserve rate.

$

(9 )

-0-

(1 2 )

Reserve
rate 1 /
10.

11.

12.

Enter net balances due to own non-U.S.
branches: Section II, Line 9, Column 2
minus Section II, Line 9, Column 3 (if
negative, enter zero).

$

-0 -

(1 0 )

Enter the sum of all other Eurocurrency
transactions subject to reserve require­
ments: Section II, Line 9, Columns 1 +
4 + 5.

$

-0 -

(1 1 )

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 10 + Item 11, multiplied by
the appropriate reserve rate.

$

-0-

x

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section
204.8(a) of
sonal time deposits.
As of October 30, 1980,
the rate Is
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section
204.8(a) of
Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate

3
z - $
Reserve
rate 2 /

RegulationD for nonper­
3 percent.
RegulationD for certain.
is 3 percent.

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

SECTION III

PART B
otal required reserves on:
1.

2.

3.

4.

Total transaction accounts
(Section III, Part A, Item

6 C).

$

640

(1 )

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years
(Section III, Part A, Item 9).

$

110

(2 )

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section III, Part A, Item 12).

$

-0 -

(3)

$

750

(4)

Total (sum of Items 1 + 2 + 3 ) .

.

TRANSFER THE AMOUNT IN ITEM 4 TO SECTION V, ITEM 1.

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS
SECTION IV .
RESERVE COMPUTATION UNDER RESERVE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 3 0 , 1 9 8 0

I t e m N um ber
Demand D e p o s i t s

1.

2

3

4.

Enter the total of demand
deposits (Section I, Column
9, Lines la, lb, 2, and 3
plus Section I, Schedule A,
Column 9, Line 1).
8,793
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line la
5.897
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line lb
2.244
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 2
7,645
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 3
-0 Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9,
Line 1

24,579

Enter the total of deduc­
tions from transaction
accounts (Section I, Column
9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$

3,234

(1 )

(2 )

Subtract Item 2 from Item 1.
If negative, enter zero. THIS
IS THE AMOUNT OF NET DEMAND
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE STRUC­
TURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

$

21

>345

(3)

Calculate the reserve require­
ment on the amount in Item 3
(net demand deposits) accord­
ing to the appropriate line in
the following schedule (Note that
only one line should be filled
in):
If Item 3 is:
(a)

$2

million or less:

(b)

over $2 million through
$10 million:

$
Item 3

72

($__________ _ x 9.5Z)+ $140 thousand ■
Item 3 minus $2 million

(4a)

$__________ (4b)

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

(c)

over $ 1 0 million
through $ 1 0 0 million:

(d)

over $ 1 0 0 million
through $400 million:

(e)

over $400 million:

($
11 ,345 x 11.75%)+ $900 thousand Item 3 minus $10 million

($

($

$ 2,233

x 12.75%)+ 11,475 thousand
Item 3 minus $100 million

(4c)

„(4d)

x 16.25%)+ 49,725 thousand
Item 3 minus $400 million

(4e)

Item Number
Savings Deposits
5. Enter the total of Section I,
Column 9, Lines 4, 5, 6 , and
12. This total multiplied by
the reserve rate (3 percent)
gives required reserves on
savings deposits under the
reserve requirement structure
effective prior to October 30,
1980.
$
-0 Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 4
+ $
-0 Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 5
+ $
-0 Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 6
+ $
-0 Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 12

-0 -

x 3%

Time Deposits
6

.

Enter the total of Section I,
Column 9, Line 15 plus the
amount from Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Lines
2 a and 2 b.
$
6,525
Sec.I , Col. 9, Line 15
-0 $
Sec. I, Sch.* A, Cola■ 9,
Line 2 a
-0 $
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9,
Line 2b

$ 6 ,5 2 5

(6)

-0-

(5)

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS
-6 -

7.

8.

9.

Enter your bank's special time
deposit ratio (the average
reserve ratio on your bank's
aggregate time deposits during
the two-week period ended
August 6 , 1980). This ratio
has been provided to you by
the Federal Reserve Bank*
Enter to two decimal places
(e.g., 3.75%).

3.75 Z (7)

Calculate the reserve require­
ment on total time deposits
under the old structure: Item
6 x Item 7.

$

Enter the sum of Items 4, 5, and
8 from this section.
THIS IS THE
TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER
THE STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

$ 7-478

245

(8 )

( 9)

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

SECTION V.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AND CALCULATION
OF RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

During the first three and one-half years following the implementation of
the Monetary Control Act, reserve requirements of member banks and certain former
member banks will be calculated by adding to or subtracting from reserve require­
ments calculated according to the reserve requirement structure (Section III)
a fraction of the difference between the reserve requirement as calculated in that
section and the reserve requirement calculated using the rates and structure in
effect prior to that time (Section IV).
Item Number
1.

2.

Enter the amount from Section III, Part B,
Item 4.

$___ 750

(1)

Enter the amount from Section IV, Item 9.

$ 2,478

(2)

1,728

(3)

75

Z (4)

If Item 1 is greater than Item 2, proceed to
Item 7. Otherwise, continue to Item 3.
3.

4.

Enter the difference between Item 1 and
Item 2.
From the table below, select the percentage
that applies to the week during which
reserves based on data from the current
computation period will be maintained.

Reserve Maintenance Periods
Occurring between
11/13/80
9/3/81
3/4/82
9/2/82
3/3/83
9/1/83
3/1/84
5.

6.

$

9/2/81
3/3/82
9/1/82
3/2/83
8/31/83
2/29/84
forward

Percentage
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

Multiply the amount in Item 3 by the
percentage in Item 4. Enter the pro­
duct.

$

1 ,296

(5)

Enter the sum of Item 1 and Item 5.

$

2,046

(6 )

PROCEED TO ITEM 11.

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
LESS THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

If Item 1 is greater than Item 2, start
here.
7.

8.

Enter the difference between Item 1 and
Item 2.

$

From the table below, select the per­
centage that applies to the week (the
maintenance week) during which reserves
based on data from the current computa­
tion period will be maintained.

_________ _Z (8 )

Reserve Maintenance
Periods Occurring Between
11/13/80
9/3/81
9/2/82
9/1/83
9.

10.

-

Percentage

9/2/81
9/1/82
8/31/83
forward

75
50
25
0

Multiply the amount from Item 7 by
the percentage from Item 8 .

$_________ (9)

Subtract the amount from Item 9 from
the amount in Item 1.

$

_____ (10)

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH FEDERAL RESERVE BANK.
11.

12.

Enter the amount of vault cash from
Section I, Column 9, Line 17.
Subtract Item 11 from your institu­
tion's reserve requirement (Item 6
or Item 10). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT
THE FEDERAL RESERVE EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

$

$

1 >3 9 4

652____ ( H )

(12)

___________ (7)

Section I
Report of Transaction Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash
t r a n s a c t io n

accounts

grea ter

than

tranche

Report dll balance* a* of the elote ol butin ett each day to the ncarott iho utand dollar*.
Column 1
I te m s

Th u ' ld j y
Mrll. 1ThOuS

Column 2
Friday
Milt, 1 Thau*.

Column 3
Saturday
Milt. 1 Thous.

Column 4

Column 5

Column 5

Column 7

Column 8

Column 9

Sundav
Milt. 1Thou*

Monday

T uetdoy

Wednesday

Total

Duly Average

Mil*.

Thous.

Mil*.

I Thoui

Mill.

IThoui.

Milt.

[T hout

| Thout.

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
Demand Deposit*

1.

Due To Depository Institutions:

2.
3.

b. Other Depository Institutions
U.S. Government..........................
Other D emand...............................

a. B a n k * ...........................................

4.
5.
6.
7. Total

i

ATS A c co un t!...............................................................................................................
Telephone and Preauthorifed Transfers..................................................................
NOW Accounts/Share Drafts.....................................................................................
(must equal sum of Items 1 through 6 a b o v e ) .......... . ......................................

I
!
i
_... j

DEDUCTIONS FROM TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
0. Demand Balances Due From Depository Institutions in the U.S.:
9. Cash Items in Process of Collection....................................................
OTHER SAVINGS AND TIME DEPOSITS
Other Savings Deposits
10. Personal. ............................................................................................ ..
11. Nonpersonal................................................................................ .............
17. Total (must equal sum of Items 10 and 111 ....................................
Time Deposits
13. Personal (regardless of maturity! ......................................................
1, Nonpersonal;
4
a. Original maturity of less than 4 years ........................................
b. Orig.nal maturity nf 4 yean or more ........................................
,
1. Total (must equal sum of Items 13 and 14) . . . . i . . . . . r
5
1. All Time Deposits in Denomination of $100,000 or m ort
6
(included in Itemi 13 and 1 4 ) ..............................................................
17. VAULT CASH

Repori aU balance! as ol t h f c<o«* o> buiinet i each day to the nearest thousand do Harr.

Clm I
oun
Ie*
tm
SCHEDULE A: OTHER RESERVABLE OBLIGATIONS BY REMAINING MATURITY
Ineligible Acceptances and Obligations by Affiliates
1. Maturing in less than 14 d ay s ...................................
2. Maturing in 14 days or more but less than 4 years
a. Personil....................................................................
b. Nonpersonal

Column 2

Clm 3
oun

Thu* iday
Milt. I Thoui.

Fia
rdy

Saiurdav
Mtli
j Thoui

MrJi.

I Thou*

Clm 5
oun
Sunday
Mils,

] Thout.

Monday
Mil*. [T houi,

Column 6

Column 7

Tuesday
Mtl$, | Thoui.

Wednetday
Milj. j T h o u t.

Column 8

Clm 9
oun
Oa'iy Average

Miti.

j Thoui

Mil*

J Thout

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS
SECTION III. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART A
Item Number
1.

Enter total transaction accounts
( S e c t io n I ,

Column 9 , L in e 7 ) .

$ 8 4 ,5 0 7

(l)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates matur­
ing in less than 14 days (Sec­
tion I, Schedule A, Column 9,
Line 1).

$

Total transaction accounts (Item
1 + Item 2).

$ 8 4 ,5 0 7

(3)

Enter total deductions (Section I,
Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$ 2 1 ,2 3 5

(4)

NET TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS: Total
transaction accounts less deduc­
tions (Item 3 less Item 4). If
negative, enter zero.

$ 6 3 ,2 7 2

(5)

-0 -

(2)

REQUIRED RESERVES ON NET TRANSAC­
TION ACCOUNTS:
6A. Amount in Item 5 or low reserve
requirement tranche, 1/ which­
ever Is less.

6B. Amount of Item 5 In excess of
low reserve requirement tranche I f

$

.

2 5 ,0 0 0

$

38,272

x 3Z

x

' 12

Z» $ 4 ,5 9 3

(6B)

Reserve
rate I f
6C. Total (Items 6A + 6B).

$ 5 ,3 4 3

(6C)

17 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There—
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at
all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to thetranche n a y
be
required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/
Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 12 percent.

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE
EDGE CORPORATIONS

Item Number

7. Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion I, Column 9, Line 11 + Line 14a).
8.

$

9 ,3 0 5

Ineligible acceptances and obliga­
tions by affiliates maturing in 14
days or more but less than 4 years—
nonpersonal (Section I, Schedule A,
Line 2b).
REQUIRED RESERVES ON TOTAL NON­
PERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 + Item 8, multiplied by the
appropriate reserve rate.

-0 -

$

9 ,3 0 5

(7 )

(8 )

x

3

j

279

(9 )

Reserve
rate 1/
10.

11.

12.

Enter net balances due to own non-U.S.
branches: Section II, Line 9, Column 2
minus Section II, Line 9, Column 3 (if
negative, enter zero).

-0 -

Enter the sum of all other Eurocurrency
transactions subject to reserve require­
ments: Section II, Line 9, Columns 1 +
4 + 5.

-0 -

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 10 + Item 11, multiplied by
the appropriate reserve rate.

-0 -

(1 0 )

(1 1 )

*

3

* - $

_ (1 2 )
_

Reserve
rate 2/

Enter the reserve rate required by Section
204.8(a) of Regulation D for nonper—
sonal time deposits.
As of October 30, 1980,
the rate is 3 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section
204.8(a) of Regulation D for certain
Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
If

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN

EDGE CORPORATIONS

SECTION III

PART B
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

3.

4.

Total transaction accounts
(Section III, Part A, Item 6 C).

$

5,343

(1 )

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years
(Section III, Part A, Item 9).

$

279

(2 )

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section III, Part A, Item 12).

$

-0 -

(3)

Total (sum of Items 1 + 2 + 3 ) .

$

5,622

(4)

TRANSFER THE AMOUNT IN ITEM 4 TO SECTION V, ITEM 1.

EDGE CORPORATIONS
SECTION IV. RESERVE COMPUTATION UNDER RESERVE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30, 1980

J
Item Number

Demand Deposits
1.

Enter the total of demand
deposits (Section I, Column
9, Lines la, lb, 2, and 3
plus Section I, Schedule A,
Column 9, Line 1).

16 >718
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line la

29.669
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line lb

17,,906
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 2
Sec.
Sec.
Line

20,,214
I, Col. 9,
-0I, Sch. A,
1

Line 3
Col. 9,

$

(1)

$

Enter the total of deduc­
tions from transaction
accounts (Section I, Column
9, Lines 8 + 9).

84,507

21,2 35

(2 )

Subtract Item 2 from Item 1.
If negative, enter zero. THIS
IS THE AMOUNT OF NET DEMAND
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE STRUC­
TURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

$

63,272

(3)

Calculate the reserve require­
ment on the amount in Item 3
(net demand deposits) accord­
ing to the appropriate line in
the following schedule (Note that
only one line should be filled
In):
If Item 3 is:
(a)

$ 2 million or less:

(b)

over $2 million through
$10 million:

$
Item 3

x 7Z

($___________ x 9.5Z)+ $140 thousand = $
*
Item 3 minus $2 million

(4a)
(4b )

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

(c)

(d)

($ 53,272

x 11.75%)+ $900 thousand =
■
Item 3 minus $10 million

over $ 1 0 million
through $ 1 0 0 million:
over $ 1 0 0 million
through $400 million:

(e)

over $400 million:

($

($

$

7,159

x 12.75%)+ 11,475 thousand = $
■
Item 3 minus $100 million

x 16.25%)+ 49,725 thousand
Item 3 minus $400 million

(4c)

_(4d)

- $

(4e)

Item Number
Savings Deposits
5. Enter the total of Section I,
Column 9, Lines 4, 5, 6 , and
12. This total multiplied by
the reserve rate (3 percent)
gives required reserves on
savings deposits under the
reserve requirement structure
effective prior to October 30,
1980.
-0 $
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 4
+ $
-0 Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 5
+ $
-0 Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 6
+ $
-0 Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 1 2

-0 -

x 3%

Time Deposits
6.

Enter the total of Section I,
Column 9, Line 15 plus the
amount from Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Lines
2 a and 2 b.
$______31,328__________
Sec.I, Col. 9, Line 15
+ $__________ ^ _________
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9,
Line 2a
+ $
-0 Sec. I , Sch. A, Col. 9,
■
Line 2b

$ 31,328

(6)

-0 -

(5)

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE

ED E CORPORATIONS
G
-6 -

7.

8.

9.

Enter your bank's special time
deposit ratio (the average
reserve ratio on your bank's
aggregate time deposits during
the two-week period ended
August 6 , 1980). This ratio
has been provided to you by
the Federal Reserve Bank.
Enter to two decimal places
(e.g., 3.75%).

3.75

Z (7)

Calculate the reserve require­
ment on total time deposits
under the old structure: Item
6 x Item 7.

$ 1,175

(8 )

Enter the sum of Items 4, 5, and
8 from this section.
THIS IS THE
TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER
THE STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980

$8,334

(9 )

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

SECTION V.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AND CALCULATION
OF RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

During the first three and one-half years following the implementation of
the Monetary Control Act, reserve requirements of member banks and certain former
member banks will be calculated by adding to or subtracting from reserve require­
ments calculated according to the reserve requirement structure (Section III)
a fraction of the difference between the reserve requirement as calculated in that
section and the reserve requirement calculated using the rates and structure in
effect prior to that time (Section IV).
Item Number
1.

2.

Enter the amount from Section III, Part B,
Item 4.

$ 5>
62?

(1)

Enter the amount from Section IV, Item 9.

$ 8.334

(2 )

$ 2,7-12

(3)

75

Z (4)

Multiply the amount in Item 3 by the
percentage in Item 4. Enter the pro­
duct.

$ 2,034

(5)

Enter the sum of Item 1 and Item 5.

$ 7.656

(6 )

If Item 1 is greater than Item 2, proceed to
Item 7. Otherwise, continue to Item 3.
3.

4.

Enter the difference between Item 1 and
Item 2.
From the table below, select the percentage
that applies to the week during which
reserves based on data from the current
computation period will be maintained.

Reserve Maintenance Periods
Occurring between
11/13/80
9/3/81
3/4/82
9/2/82
3/3/83
9/1/83
3/1/84
5.

6.

-

-

-

PROCEED TO ITEM 11.

9/2/81
3/3/82
9/1/82
3/2/83
8/31/83
2/29/84
forward

Percentage
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
GREATER THAN TRANCHE

EDGE CORPORATIONS

If Item 1 is greater than Item 2, start
here.
7.

8.

Enter the difference between Item 1 and
Item 2 .
From the table below, select the per­
centage that applies to the week (the
maintenance week) during which reserves
based on data from the current computa­
tion period will be maintained.
Reserve Maintenance
Periods Occurring Between
11/13/80
9/3/81
9/2/82
9/1/83

9.

10.

(7)

-

Percentage
75
50
25

9/2/81
9/1/82
8/31/83
forward

0

Multiply the amount from Item 7 by
the percentage from Item 8 .

(9)

Subtract the amount from Item 9 from
the amount in Item 1.

(1 0 )

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH FEDERAL RESERVE BANK.
11.

12.

Enter the amount of vault cash from
Section I, Column 9, Line 17.

$

5,905

(uj

Subtract Item 11 from your institu­
tion's reserve requirement (Item 6
or Item 10). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT
THE FEDERAL RESERVE EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER. "

$

! > 751

(1 2 )

EDGE CORPORATIONS
1 OF 8
SECTION III. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART A
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$___________ (1 )

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates matur­
ing in less than 14 days (Sec­
tion I, Schedule A, Column 9,
Line 1).

$__________ _ (2 )

Total transaction accounts (Item
1 + Item 2).

$___________ (3)

Enter total deductions (Section I,
Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$___________ (4)

NET TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS: Total
transaction accounts less deduc­
tions (Item 3 less Item 4). If
negative, enter zero.

$___________ (5)

REQUIRED RESERVES ON NET TRANSAC­
TION ACCOUNTS:
6 A. Amount in Item 5 or low reserve

requirement tranche, ] J which­
ever is less.

$___________

x 3Z

=
*

$___________ ( 6 A)

6 B. Amount of Item 5 in excess of

low reserve requirement tranche 1 /.

$

Z- $

< 6 B)

Reserve
rate 2 /
6 C. Total (Items 6 A + 6 B).

<6C)

17 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There—
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at
all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment to thetranche xaay
be
required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencl.es
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/
Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the por—
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

EDGE CORPORATIONS
2 OF 8
-2 Item Number

7. Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
oaturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion I, Column 9, Line 11 + Line 14a).
8.

9.

Ineligible acceptances and obliga­
tions by affiliates maturing in 14
days or more but less than 4 years—
nonpersonal (Section I, Schedule A,
Line 2b).

(7)

(8 )

REQUIRED RESERVES ON TOTAL NON­
PERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 + Item 8 , multiplied by the
appropriate reserve rate.

(9 )
Reserve
rate 1 /

10.

11.

12.

Enter net balances due to own non-U.S.
branches: Section II, Line 9, Column 2
minus Section II, Line 9, Column 3 (if
negative, enter zero).

(1 0 )

Enter the sum of all other Eurocurrency
transactions subject to reserve require­
ments: Section II, Line 9, Columns 1 +
4 + 5.

(1 1 )

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 10 + Item 11, multiplied by
the appropriate reserve rate.

Z- $

(1 2 )

Reserve
rate 2 /

lj

Enter the reserve rate required by Section
204.8(a)ofRegulation D for nonpersonal time deposits.
As of October 30, 1980,
the rateis 3 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section
204.8(a)of Regulation D for certain
Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

EDGE CORPORATIONS
3 OF 8
-3-

SECTION III

PART B
Total required reserves on:
1. Total transaction accounts
(Section III, Part A, Item 6 C).

$__________ (1)

2. Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years
(Section III, Part A, Item 9).

$__________ (2)

3. Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section III, Part A, Item 12).

$___________ (3)

4.

$___________ (4)

Total (sum of Items 1+ 2 + 3 ) .

TRANSFER THE AMOUNT IN ITEM 4 TO SECTION V, ITEM 1.

ED E CORPORATIONS
G
4 O 8
F

~A
"
SECTION IV. RESERVE COMPUTATION UNDER RESERVE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30, 1980

Item Number
Demand Deposits
1.

Enter the total of demand
deposits (Section I, Column
9, Lines la, lb, 2, and 3
plus Section I, Schedule A,
Column 9, Line 1).
Sec. I, Coi. 9, Line la
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line lb
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 2
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 3
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9,
Line 1

2.

3.

4.

= $___________ (1)
*

Enter the total of deduc­
tions from transaction
accounts (Section I, Column
9, Lines 8 + 9).

$___________ (2)

Subtract Item 2 from Item 1.
If negative, enter zero. THIS
IS THE AMOUNT OF NET DEMAND
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE STRUC­
TURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

$__________ (3)

Calculate the reserve require­
ment on the amount in Item 3
(net demand deposits) accord­
ing to the appropriate line in
the following schedule (Note that
only one line should be filled
in):
If Item 3 is:
(a)

$ 2 million or less:

(b)

over $2 million through
$10 million:

$__________ x 7Z
Item 3

-

$__________ (4a)

($___________ x 9.5Z)+ $140 thousand ■
Item 3 minus $2 million

$__________ (4b)

EDGE CORPORATIONS
5O 8
F
-5-

(c)

over $10 million
through $100 million:

(d)

over $ 1 0 0 million
through $400 million:

(e)

over $400 million:

($__________x 11.75%)+ $900 thousand =
*
Item 3 minus $10 million

($_x 12.75%)+ 11,475
Item 3minus $100 million

thousand

($
x 16.25%)+ 49,725thousand
Item 3 minus $400 million

$__________(4c)

= $___________(4d)

= $__________ (4e)
*

Item Number
Savings Deposits
5.

Enter the total of Section I,
Column 9, Lines 4, 5, 6 , and
12. This total multiplied by
the reserve rate (3 percent)
gives required reserves on
savings deposits under the
reserve requirement structure
effective prior to October 30,
1980.
$
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 4
+ $
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 5
+ $
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 6
+ $
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 1 2

(5)

Time Deposits
6.

Enter the total of Section I,
Column 9, Line 15 plus the
amount from Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Lines
2 a and 2 b.
$______________________
Sec.I, Col. 9, Line 15
+ $______________________
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9,
Line 2a
+ $______________________
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9,
Line 2b

(6)

EDGE CORPORATIONS
6 OF 8
-6-

Enter your bank's special time
deposit ratio (the average
reserve ratio on your bank's
aggregate time deposits during
the two-week period ended
August 6 , 1980). This ratio
has been provided to you by
the Federal Reserve Bank.
Enter to two decimal places
(e.g., 3.75%).
Calculate the reserve require­
ment on total time deposits
under the old structure: Item
6 x Item 7.

Enter the sum of Items 4, 5, and
8 from this section.
THIS IS THE
TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER
THE STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

Z (7)

(

8)

(9)

EDGE CORPORATIONS
7 OF 8

-7-

SECTION V.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AND CALCULATION
OF RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

During the first three and one-half years following the implementation of
the Monetary Control Act, reserve requirements of member banks and certain former
member banks will be calculated by adding to or subtracting from reserve require­
ments calculated according to the reserve requirement structure (Section III)
a fraction of the difference between the reserve requirement as calculated in that
section and the reserve requirement calculated using the rates and structure In
effect prior to that time (Section IV).
Item Number
1.

2.

Enter the amount from Section III, Part B,
Item A.

(1 )

Enter the amount from Section IV, Item 9.

(2 )

If Item 1 Is greater than Item 2, proceed to
Item 7. Otherwise, continue to Item 3.
3.

A.

Enter the difference between Item 1 and
Item 2.
From the table below, select the percentage
that applies to the week during which
reserves based on data from the current
computation period will be maintained.

Reserve Maintenance Periods
Occurring between
11/13/80
9/3/81
3/A/82
9/2/82
3/3/83
9/1/83
3/1/8A
5.

6.

S___________ (3)

9/2/81
3/3/82
9/1/82
3/2/83
8/31/83
2/29/8A
forward

__________ Z (A)

Percentage
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

Multiply the amount in Item 3 by the
percentage in Item A. Enter the pro­
duct.

(5)

Enter the sum of Item 1 and Item 5.

(6 )

PROCEED TO ITEM 11.

ED E CORPORATIONS
G

OF 8
-8 If Item 1 is greater than Item 2, start
here.
7.

8.

Enter the difference between Item 1 and
Item 2.

(7)

From the table below, select the per­
centage that applies to the week (the
maintenance week) during which reserves
based on data from the current computa­
tion period will be maintained.
Reserve Maintenance
Periods Occurring Between
11/13/80
9/3/81
9/2/82
9/1/83

9/2/81
9/1/82
8/31/83
forward

Percentage
75
50
25
0

Multiply the amount from Item 7 by
the percentage from Item 8 .
10.

(9)

Subtract the amount from Item 9 from
the amount in Item 1.

(1 0 )

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH FEDERAL RESERVE BANK.
11.

12.

Enter the amount of vault cash from
Section I, Column 9, Line 17.

(ID

Subtract Item 11 from your institu­
tion's reserve requirement (Item 6
or Item 10). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT
THE FEDERAL RESERVE EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

(1 2 )

B N W RK EETS FO
LA K O SH
R
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION
U
SE

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
1 OF 13
SECTION III. RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980
Enter below the dally average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$___________ (1)

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Sched­
ule A, Column 9, Line 1).

___________ (2)
$

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$___________ (3)

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$___________ (4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

$___________ (5)

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

$___________ (6 )

$___________ (7)

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
8 . 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6 f
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).
Item 6

'

.
________ (8 )

Item 3

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It includes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
2 OF 13

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

(9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

(1 0 )

(1 1 )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.

(1 2 )

Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

(13)

Enter Ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
In 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

(14)

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).

(15)

Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

(16)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

(17)

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

(18)

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
3 OF 13

SECTION IV. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$ ___________ (1)

If Item I is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche J /,
L
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
$____________
Item 1 above

3.

4.

5.

x 3%

*
*
$ __________ (2)

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).
Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):
$ ________
$ ___________
Tranche
Item 1
Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$ ___________ (3)

$ ___________ (4)

$ ____________(5)

T7 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
4 O 13
F

Item Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$

(6 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:

7.

$

(7)

x 3Z
Item 6

8.

$

$
Item 5

9.

Reserve rate

(8 )

2/

Total (Item 7 + Item 8 )

$

(9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/:
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3%

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$______________
Tranche amount

(1 0 )

$
$_

X

- $

- $

(1 1 )

Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11).

(12)

17 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that anadjustment to the
tranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S. branches and agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
5 OF 13

Item Number

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS;
13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation B. 1/

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2j

15.

$___________ x ________ X - $_________ (13)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 12
rate I f

$____________ x ________ X - $__________ (14)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 15
rate 2/

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

$____________ x _________ X - $_________ (15)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 18
rate 3/

T7 Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
I f Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
6 OF 13

SECTION IV
PART B:

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT AS CALCULATED USING CURRENT
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A, Item 2
OR Item 12).

$

(1 )

Net other transaction accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings deposits maturing in less
than 4 years; and certain Eurocurrency
transactions:
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13).

(2 a)

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A, Item 14).

$

(2 b)

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

(2 c)

Total (sum of Items 2(a) + 2(b) + 2(c)).

(2d )

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
7 OF 13
SECTION V.
RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 29, 1980
Item Number

Demand Deposits
1.

Enter the total of demand deposits
(Section I, Column 9, Lines la + lb
+ 2 + 3 plus Section I, Schedule A,
Column 9, Line 1.
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line la
+
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line lb
+
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 2
+
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 3
+
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, 1

2.

3.

Enter the total of deductions from
demand deposits (Section I, Column 9,
Lines 8 + 9 ) .

(2 )

Enter the amount of deductions from
NOW accounts used in Section III
(Section III, Item 9).

(3)

4. Subtract Item 3 from Item 2 (if
negative, enter zero). This amount
is the adjusted allowable deduction
from demand deposits.
5.

(1 )

Subtract Item 4 from Item 1. If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS RESULT IS THE
AMOUNT OF NET DEMAND DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO
OCTOBER 30, 1980.

(4)

(5)

Savings Deposits
6.

Enter the total of Section I, Column 9,
Lines 4 + 5 + 1 2 .
THIS SUM IS THE
TOTAL OF SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE STRUC­
TURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980. (This amount excludes NOW
accounts).
$
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 4
+ $
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 5
+ $
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 12

(6)

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
8 OF 13

Item Number
Time Deposits
7.

Enter the total of Section I, Column 9,
Line 15 plus the amount from Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Lines 2a and 2b.
THIS IS THE TOTAL OF TIME DEPOSITS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE
STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980.
J_______________________
Sec. I, Col. 9, Line 15
+ $______________________________
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2a
__________
+ $_____ _____________ .
Sec. I, Sch. A, Col. 9, Line 2b

=
■

$

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
9 OF 13
SECTION VI. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES UNDER RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30, 1980

Item Number

1.

Calculate the reserve requirement on
net demand deposits (Section V, Item 5)
according to the appropriate line in
the following schedule (note that only
one line should be filled in):
If Section V, Item 5 is:
(a)

over $2 million
through $10 million:

($_________ x 9.5%)+ $140 thousand ■
Item 5 minus $2 million

(c)

over $10 million
through $100 million:

(d)

over $ 1 0 0 million
($_________ x 12.75%)+ $11,475 thousand »
through $400 million:
Item 5 minus $100 million

$

(e)

3.

$__________
Item 5

(b)

2.

$2 million or less:

x 7%

»

$__________ (la)

over $400 million:

$

$

($__________x 11.75%)+ $900 thousand = $__________
■
Item 5 minus $10 million

($_________ x 16.25%)+ $49,725 thousand »
Item 5 minus $400 million

Calculate the reserve requirement on
savings deposits.
$_____________________________
Amount from Section V, Item 6

Enter your bank's special time
deposit ratio (the average reserve
ratio on your bank's aggregate
time deposits during the two-week
period ended August 6 , 1980).
This ratio has been provided to
you by the Federal Reserve Bank.
Enter as a percentage to two
decimal places (e.g., 3.75%).

x 3%

.
_______ Z

$

(3)

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
10 OF 13

Calculate the reserve requirement
on total time deposits.
$______________________________
Amount from Section V, Item 7

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE
EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO OCTOBER 30,
1980 (excluding NOW accounts).
Enter the sum of Item 1 + Item 2
+ Item 4 from thi9 Section. (Round
to the nearest thousands of dollars).

_________ *
Item 3

-

$

$

MEMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
11 OF 13
SECTION VII.

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AND CALCULATION OF
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

During the first three and one-half years following the implementation of
the Monetary Control Act, reserve requirements of member banks and certain former
member banks will be calculated by adding to or subtracting from the reserve
requirements calculated according to the reserve requirement structure effective
October 30, 1980 (Section IV) a fraction of the difference between that reserve
requirement and the reserve requirement calculated using the rates and structure
in effect prior to that time (Section VI).
Item Number
1.

2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE CURRENT
RESERVE STRUCTURE (before consideration
of NOW accounts): Enter the amount
from Section IV, Part B, Item 2(d).

$___________ (1)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT UNDER THE OLD
RESERVE STRUCTURE: Enter the amount
from Section VI, Item 5.

$

(2 )

$

(3)

If Item I is greater than Item 2,
proceed to Item 8 . Otherwise,
continue to Item 3.
3.

4.

Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.
From the table below, select the per­
centage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.

I (4)

Reserve Maintenance Periods
Occurring between

Percentage

11/13/80
9/3/81
3/4/82
9/2/82
3/3/83
9/1/83
3/1/84
5.

-

75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5

9/2/81
3/3/82
9/1/82
3/2/83
8/31/83
2/29/84
forward

Multiply the amount in Item 3 by the
percentage in Item 4. Enter the
product in this Item.

0

$

(5)

M EMBERS AND
FORMER MEMBERS
12 OF 13
Item Number
6.

Enter the sum of Item 1 and Item 5.

7.

Add the amount from Item 6 to the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS SUM REPRESENTS
YOUR BANK'S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENT FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.
$_________ + $ ______________
Item 6
Section IV,
Part B, Item 1

(6 )

(7)

PROCEED TO ITEM 13.
8.

9.

Enter the difference between Item 1
and Item 2.

(8 )

From the table below, select the
percentage that applies to the week
(the maintenance week) during which
reserves based on data from the
current computation period will be
maintained.
Reserve Maintenance
Periods Occurring Between
11/13/80
9/3/81
9/2/82
9/1/83

Percentage

9/2/81
9/1/82
8/31/83
forward

75
50
25
0

10. Multiply the amount from Item 8 by
the percentage from Item 9. Enter
this product.

(1 0 )

11. Subtract the amount in Item 10
from the amount in Item 1.

(1 1 )

12. Add to the amount in Item 11 the
amount from Section IV, Part B,
Item 1 (required reserves on NOW
accounts). THIS AMOUNT IS YOUR
BANK'S TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT
FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
BEGINNING 8 DAYS AFTER THE END OF
THE CURRENT COMPUTATION PERIOD.
$_________ + $ ______________
Section IV,
Item II
Part B, Item 1

(12)

MEMBERS A N D
FORMER MEMBERS
13 OF 13

Item Number
CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAIN­
TAINED WITH FEDERAL RESERVE BANK:
13.

14.

Enter the amount of vault cash from
Section I, Column 9, Line 17.

$

Subtract Item 13 from your institu­
tion's reserve requirement (Item 7
or Item 12). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE EITHER
DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS-THROUGH
BASIS, BEFORE CONSIDERATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$_________ (14)

(13)

NONMEMBERS AN D SfeL's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
1 OF 9
SECTION III. RESERVE COMPUTATION ELEMENTS
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980
Enter below the daily average from the designated columns and lines, respec­
tively, of Section I and Section II.
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$___________ (1)

Enter total ineligible accep­
tances and obligations by
affiliates maturing in less
than 14 days (Section I, Sched­
ule A, Column 9, Line 1).

$__________

Total transaction accounts:
Item 1 + Item 2.

$

Enter the total amount of deduc­
tions from transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Lines 8 + 9).

$___________ (4)

Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
negative, enter negative amount.

$

(2)

(3)

(5)

If Item 5 is zero or negative, enter
zero in Items 10 and 12 and proceed
to Item 13. Otherwise, continue to
Item 6 .
6.

7.

Enter NOW accounts/share drafts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 6 ).
1/
Other transaction accounts:
Item 3 minus Item 6 .

$___________ (6 )

___________ (7)
$

If Item 6 is zero, enter zero in Items
8 . 9, and 10, and go to Item 11.
Otherwise, continue to Item 8 .
8.

Ratio of NOW accounts to total
transaction accounts: Item 6
Item 3 (calculate to four
decimal places).
Item 6

“

.

(8 )

Item 3

1/ The term "other transaction accounts" is used in these worksheets to designate
transaction accounts on which reserve requirements are to be phased in. It indtldes
all transaction accounts except those first authorized pursuant to Federal law in
any State after April 1, 1980, e.g., NOW accounts outside of New England, New York,
and New Jersey.

NONMEMBERS AND SftL's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
2 OF 9

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Allowable deduction from NOW accounts:
Item 4 x Item 8 .

$___________ (9)

NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS: Item 6 minus Item 9.
Allowable deduction from other trans­
action accounts: Item 4 minus
Item 9.

$__________ (1 0 )

$___________ (1 1 )

TOTAL NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 minus Item 11.

$__________ (1 2 )

Enter nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less than 4
years (Section I, Column 9,
Line 11 + Line 14a).

$___________ (13)

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates maturing
in 14 days or more, but less than
4 years— nonpersonal (Section I,
Schedule A, Column 9, Line 2b).

$___________ (14)

TOTAL NONPERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS
DEPOSITS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS: Item 13 + Item 14).

$__________

Enter net balances due to own nonU.S. branches: Section II, Line 9,
Column 2 minus Section II, Line 9,
Column 3. If negative, enter zero.

$__________

(18)

$___________ (16)

Enter the sum of all other Euro­
currency transactions subject to
reserve requirements: Section II,
Line 9, Columns 1 + 4 + 5 .

(15)

$___________ (17)

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 16 + Item 17.

NONMEMBERS A ND S&L'<;
DENOVOS I NEW MEMBERS
,
3 O 9
F
SECTION IV. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART

A

Item Number
1.

Enter the amount of NET NOW ACCOUNTS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 10).

$ ___________ (1)

If Item 1 is less than or equal to the
low reserve requirement tranche 1/,
complete Items 2 through 9 below, then
go to Item 14. If Item 1 is greater
than that tranche, complete Items 10
through 13 below and continue on to
Item 14.
2-9

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACOUNTS WHEN
NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIRE­
MENTS ARE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE:
2.

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW
ACCOUNTS:
$
____________
Item 1 above

3.

4.

5.

x 3%

=
$

Enter amount of TOTAL NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO
RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section III,
Item 12).
Unused tranche (amount of tranche not
used for net NOW accounts and thus
applicable to other transaction
accounts):
$ ________
"
$ ___________
Tranche
Item 1
Subtract Item 4 from Item 3. If
zero or negative, enter zero.

$ __________ (3)

$ ___________ (4)

$ __________ (5)

1/ The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981.
Thereafter, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction
accounts at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.

(2)

NONMEMBERS A N D S&L's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
4 OF 9

Item Number
6.

Enter the lesser of Item 3
and Item 4.

$

(6 )

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON OTHER TRANS­
ACTION ACCOUNTS:
7.

x 3%

$

(7)

Item 6
8 .

$

$
Item 5

9.

Reserve rate

(8 )

2/

Total (Item 7 + Item 8 )

(9)

GO TO ITEM 14.
10-13

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS
AND NET OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS WHEN
NET NOW ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THE LOW
RESERVE REQUIREMENT TRANCHE 1/i
RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET NOW ACCOUNTS:
10.

3%

x

11. Item 1
Less tranche
amount

$______________
Tranche amount

- $___________ (10)

$
$

(1 1 )
Reserve
rate 2 /
12. Total (Item 10 + Item 11),

T7 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981* There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at all depository institutions. Note, however, that an adjustment to the
tranche may
be required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and for U.S. branches and agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

(12)

NONMEMBERS AND S&L's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
5 OF 9

Item Number

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NET OTHER
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS:
13.

14.

Enter the amount of TOTAL NET
OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUB­
JECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
(Section III, Item 12) and the
appropriate reserve rate from
Regulation D. 1/

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS MATURING
IN LESS THAN 4 YEARS:
Enter amount of TOTAL NONPERSONAL
TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS (Section
III, Item 15) and the appropriate
reserve rate from Regulation D. 2/

15.

$___________ x ________ % m $_________ (13)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 12
rate 1/

$____________ x ________ Z * $_________ (14)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 15
rate 2/

RESERVE REQUIREMENT ON CERTAIN
EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
Enter amount of TOTAL EUROCURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO RESERVE
REQUIREMENTS (Section III, Item 18)
and the appropriate reserve rate
from Regulation D. 3/

$____________ x ________ Z m $_________ (15)
Section III,
Reserve
Item 18
rate 3/

IF YOUR INSTITUTION WAS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980,
CONTINUE TO PART B(l). OTHERWISE, GO TO PART B(2).

1/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for the
portion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the rate is 12 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
nonpersonal time deposits. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.
3j
Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for
certain Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

NONMEMBERS A N D SS-L's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
6 OF 9
PART B (1):

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1,1980
Required Reserves
Calculated
x
From Part A
Column (1)

Transitional
Adjustment
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
1. Total required reserves
on:
A.

B.

Net NOW accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 2 OR
Item 12).

$

Net other transaction
accounts; nonpersonal
time and savings depos­
its maturing in less than
4 years; and certain Euro­
currency transactions.
(1 )

(2 )

(3)

(4)

c.

1 .0 0 0 0

Net other transaction
accounts (Section IV,
Part A, Item 9 OR
Item 13).

$

Nonpersonal time and
savings deposits matur­
ing in less than 4 years
(Section IV, Part A,
Item 14).

$

Certain Eurocurrency
transactions (Section
IV, Part A, Item 15).

$

Total (sum of Column 1,
Items B(l), B(2), and
B(3)).

$

Total required reserves (sum
of Items IA and IB(4))

1/
X

$
(Before transitional
adjustment)

-

$

$
(After trans.
adjustment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM ID. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 2.
l7 The transitional adjustment factor ■ 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance
period, the transitional adjustment factor is 1.000 - .875 = 0.125.
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

NONMEMBERS AN D S&L's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
7O 9
F

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item IB(4) of Part B(l)
are provided in Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

(2 )

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 )
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2 )

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

NONMEMBERS AN D SftL's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
8 OF 9
Item Number

D.

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A
DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION THAT
BECAME A MEMBER OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
(1)

(2)

Enter the difference between
Item 1C, Column 1, and Item
1C, Column 3.
Multiply Item D(l) by the
percentage indicated below
for the appropriate period:
$__________ x _________ %
Item D(l)

$

-

$

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank
1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding

(3)

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item
C, + Item D(2).
$
+ $
Col. 3, Item C
Col. 3, Item D(2)

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5
1 0 0 .0

$

CALCULATION OF BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
WITH RESERVE BANK:
2.

3.

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).
Subtract Item 2 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 1C,
OR Item 1D(3)). If negative, enter
zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$

$

NONMEMBERS AN D S&L's
DENOVOS & NEW MEMBERS
9 OF 9
PART B(2): TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE NOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980
Item Number
1.

Total required reserves oa:
A.

B.

Net other transaction accounts (Section
IV, Part A, Item 9 OR Item 13)

C.

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Section
IV, Part A, Item 14).

D.

Certain Eurocurrency transactions
(Section IV, Part A, Item 15).

E.

2.

Net NOW accounts (Section IV, Part A ,
Item 2 OR Item 12).

Total required reserves: Sum of
Items IA, IB, 1C, and ID.

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item IE by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.
$_________ x __________ %
Item IE
Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

=

Percentage of reserve
reqiulrement to be maintained

1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding

3.

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).

4.

Subtract Item 3 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 2). If nega­
tive, enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE
DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED
AT THE FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR ON A PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE
CONSIDERATION OF CARRYOVER.

40
45
50
55
65
75
85
100

CREDIT UNIONS
1 OF 6
SECTION III. COMPUTATION OF REQUIRED RESERVES
RESERVE REQUIREMENT STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 30, 1980

PART A
Item Number
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Enter total transaction accounts
(Section I, Column 9, Line 7).

$___________ (1 )

Enter ineligible acceptances and
obligations by affiliates matur­
ing in less than 14 days (Sec­
tion I, Schedule A, Column 9,
Line 1).

$___________ (2 )

Total transaction accounts (Item
1 + Item 2).

$__________ (3)

Enter total deductions (Section I,
Column 9, Lines 8 + 9 ) .

$___________ (4)

NET TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS SUBJECT
TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS: Total
transaction accounts less deduc­
tions (Item 3 less Item 4). If
negative, enter zero.

$___________ (5)

REQUIRED RESERVES ON NET TRANSAC­
TION ACCOUNTS:
6 A. Amount in Item 5 or low reserve
requirement tranche, _ / which­
1

ever is less.

$___________

s 3Z

-

$___________ (6 A)

6 B. Amount of Item 5 in excess of

low reserve requirement tranche 1 /.

(6 B)

$_
Reserve
rate 2 /

6 C. Total (Items 6 A + 6 B).

(6 C)

T7 The low reserve requirement tranche is $25 million during 1980 and 1981. There­
after, it will be adjusted annually based on the change in total transaction accounts
at
all depository institutions. Note, however, that an
adjustment tothetranche may
be
required for Edge Act and Agreement corporations and
for U.S. branchesand agencies
of foreign banks that have more than one office in the U.S.
2/
Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a)
of RegulationD for the por­
tion of transaction accounts in excess of the tranche. As of October 30,
1980, the
rate is 1 2 percent.

CREDIT UNIONS
2 OF 6

Item Number

7. Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion I, Column 9, Line 11 + Line 14a).
8.

9.

(7)

Ineligible acceptances and obliga­
tions by affiliates maturing in 14
days or more but less than 4 years—
nonpersonal (Section I, Schedule A,
Line 2b).

(8 )

REQUIRED RESERVES ON TOTAL NON­
PERSONAL TIME AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 7 + Item 8 , multiplied by the
appropriate reserve rate.

Z

(9)

Reserve
rate 1 /
10.

11.

12.

Enter net balances due to own non-U.S.
branches: Section II, Line 9, Column 2
minus Section II, Line 9, Column 3 (if
negative, enter zero).

(1 0 )

Enter the sum of all other Eurocurrency
transactions subject to reserve require­
ments: Section II, Line 9, Columns 1 +
4 + 5.

(1 1 )

TOTAL EUROCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
SUBJECT TO RESERVE REQUIREMENTS:
Item 10 + Item 11, multiplied by
the appropriate reserve rate.

(1 2 )

$
Reserve
rate 2 /

IF YOUR INSTITUTION WAS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980,
CONTINUE TO PART B(l). OTHERWISE, GO TO PART B(2).

17 Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for nonper­
sonal time deposits.
As of October 30, 1980,
the rate is 3 percent.
2/ Enter the reserve rate required by Section 204.8(a) of Regulation D for certain
Eurocurrency liabilities. As of October 30, 1980, the rate is 3 percent.

CREDIT UNIONS
3 OF 6

PART B (1):

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS ENGAGED IN BUSINESS PRIOR
TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980

Required Reserves
Calculated
From Part A
Column (1)

x

Transitional
Adjustment
___________
Factor
Column (2)

Adjusted
Required
Reserves
Column (3)

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

(1 )

Nonpersonal time and savings
deposits maturing in less
than 4 years (Section III,
Part A, Item 9).

(2 )

Certain Eurocurrency transac­
tions (Section III, Part A,
Item 12).

(3)

Total required reserves (sum
of Column 1, Items 1, 2, and
3).

2.

Total transaction accounts
(Section III, Part A, Item
6 C).

(4)

1/

(Before transi­
tional adjust­
ment)

(4)
- $
(After transtional adjust­
ment)

IF YOUR INSTITUTION BECAME A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER SEPTEMBER 1,
1980, CONTINUE TO ITEM 5. OTHERWISE, GO TO ITEM 8 .

T 7 The transitional adjustment factor = 1.000 minus the percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced during the particular maintenance period. For example,
if computed reserves will be reduced by 87.5 percent during the maintenance period,
the transitional adjustment factor Is 1.000 - .875 ■ 0.125.
The transitional adjustment factors are provided on the following page.

CREDIT UNIONS
4 OF 6

TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS

The transitional adjustment factors to be used for Item 4 of Part B(l)
are provided in Column 3 below of either tier-1 or tier-2, depending on when,
your institution commenced business.
1.

For any depository institution that was engaged in business on July 1, 1979,
but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date:

<2 )

CD

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between

Nov. 13,
Sept. 3,
Sept. 2,
Sept. 1,
Sept. 6 ,
Sept. 5,
Sept. 4,
Sept. 3,

2.

1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

to Sept. 2,
to Sept. 1,
to Aug. 31,
to Sept. 5,
to Sept. 4,
to Sept. 3,
to Sept. 2,
forward

1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced

87.5
75
62.5
50
37.5
25
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional adjustment
factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2 >
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

For any nonmember depository institution that was not engaged in business on
or before July 1, 1979, but that commenced business between July 2, 1979, and
September 1, 1980:

(1 )

Reserve maintenance periods
occurring between
Nov. 13, 1980-Feb. 11, 1981
February 12-May 13, 1981
May 14-August 12, 1981
August 13-November 11, 1981
Nov. 12, 1981-Feb. 10, 1982
February 11-May 12, 1982
May 13-August 11, 1982
August 12, 1982 forward

(2 )

Percentage that computed
reserves will be reduced
87.5
75.0
62.5
50.0
37.5
25.0
12.5
0

(3)
Transitional Adjustment:
Factor
(1.000 minus Col. 2)
100

0.125
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .0 0 0

CREDIT UNIONS
5 OF 6

ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT FOR A DEPOSITORY
INSTITUTION THAT BECAME A MEMBER OF
THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM AFTER
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980:
5.

6.

Enter the difference between
Column 1, Item 4, and Column
3, Item 4.
Multiply Item 5 by the percent­
age indicated below for the
appropriate period:
$
__________ x _________ %
Item 5

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
becoming a member bank
1
2

3
4
5
6

7
8 and succeeding

7.

8.

9.

Adjusted total required
reserves: Column 3, Item 4
+ Item 6 .

$___________ (5)

-

$___________ (6 )

Percentage applied to
difference to compute
amount to be added
12.5
25.0
37.5
50.0
62.5
75.0
87.5
100.5

.(7)

Average vault cash (Section I,
Column 9, Line 17).

(8 )

Subtract Item 8 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Column 3, Item 4,
OR Item 7. If negative, enter zero.
THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY AVERAGE
BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE FEDERAL
RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A PASS­
THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

(9)

CREDIT UNIONS
6 OF 6

PART B(2):

TO BE COMPLETED BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS THAT WERE HOT ENGAGED IN
BUSINESS PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1980

Item Number
Total required reserves on:
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Total net transaction accounts (Section
III, Part A, Item 6 c).

(1 )

Nonpersonal time and savings deposits
maturing in less than 4 years (Sec­
tion III, Part A, Item 9).

(2 )

Certain Eurodollar transactions
(Section III, Part A, Item 12).

(3)

Total required reserves:
Items 1, 2, and 3.

(4)

Sum of

Adjusted required reserves: multiply
Item 4 by the percentage indicated
below for the appropriate period.
$____________
x ___________ Z
Item 4

Maintenance periods occurring
during successive quarters after
entering into business

$

Percentage of reserve
requirement to fee Maintained

1
2

40
45

3

50
55
65

4
5

6

75

7

85
1 €M)

8 and succeeding
6.

7.

(5)

Average vault cash (Section I, Column
9, Line 17).

$___________ (6 )

Subtract Item 6 from your institution's
reserve requirement (Item 5). If negative,
enter zero. THIS REPRESENTS THE DAILY
AVERAGE BALANCE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE
FEDERAL RESERVE, EITHER DIRECTLY OR ON A
PASS-THROUGH BASIS, BEFORE APPLICATION OF
CARRYOVER.

$___________ (7)

GU
IDE TO DAILY A D
N
W E L STATEM TS
EKY
EN

GUIDE TO DA
ILY A D W LY STA EN
N EEK
TEM TS
PREPARED B TH FED L RESERVE B N
Y E
ERA
AK
The Chronological

Time Line Summary shown in this section

graphically depicts the various reports and related statements transmitted
to depository institutions which relate to one reserve computation and
related reserve maintenance week.

As mentioned e a r l i e r , the catalyst for

subsequent statements from the Federal

Reserve Bank is the i n it ia l

reporting by the depository institution on form FR 2900.

With this fact

acknowledged, the remainder of this section of the Manual is concerned with
a description of the various accounting statements generated by the
Federal Reserve Bank.
In chronological order, a brief summary of the statements is as
follows:
Prestatement
Transmitted:
Sent to:

each Tuesday

all depository institutions

Information reflected: (a) amount of average daily reserves to
be maintained directly with the Federal Reserve or with a pass­
through correspondent beginning with the indicated maintenance
period or (b) no reserve requirement information due to late
receipt of FR 2900 reporting form.
Number of pages: (a) Member banks and formed member banks: 3 pages
(b) all other depository i n stitu tio n s : 2 pages
Prestatement - Summary of Commingled Accounts
Transmitted:
Sent to:

each Tuesday

all pass-through correspondents only

Information reflected: (a) amount of average daily reserves to
be passed through to the Federal Reserve for the account of i t s
respondent(s) beginning with the indicated maintenance period.
Number of pages:

variable

Reserve Account Statement
Transmitted:

daily

Sent to: all depository i n stitu tio n s which have a reserve account
d irectly with the Federal Reserve.
Information reflected: basically, the statement shows all charges
and credits posted to the reserve account.
Number of pages:

variable

Statement of Reserve Position
Transmitted:

daily

Sent to: all depository in s titu tio n s which have a reserve account
d irectly with the Federal Reserve.
Information reflected: basically, the statement shows the depository
i n s t i t u t i o n 's current status in terms of excess or deficient
reserves on both a daily average & weekly gross basis.
nd
Number of pages:

one

Preliminary/Final Statement of Reserve Position
Transmitted:

each Thursday

Sent to: all depository in s titu tio n s which have a reserve account
directly with the Federal Reserve.
Information reflected: basically, the statement shows the preliminary
status of the depository in stitu tio n at the end of the indicated
reserve maintenance period with an indication of the allowable
carryover to the succeeding reserve maintenance period. In addition,
i t also re f le c ts the final status of the depository institution
at the end of the indicated reserve maintenance period from the
previous week.
Number of pages: one

A sample of related statements is contained within this section.
NOTE: A related consideration in the management of a depository i n s t i t u ­
t i o n 's reserve position (which is reflected on both the Reserve Account
Statement and the Statement of Reserve position) is deferred accounting
for transactions affecting reserve accounts. (See Appendix B)

CHRONOLOGI CAL
OF

FEDERAL

T I ME

RESERVE

LI NE

S U MMA R Y

REPORTI NG

N TE ASSUM
O
PTIONS:
This chart depicts Reports and Related Accounting Statements
applicable to only one Reserve Computation and Reserve Main­
tenance Week. Although i t does not r e f le c t related reports
for subsequent Reserve Periods (either computation or mainte­
nance) i t depicts and represents the typical cycle of a given
computation period and related maintenance period.
DEPOSITORY INST.
SEN
D
FR 2900
T FR
O B

FR M FR
O
B
-RESERVE A C U T
CON
STA EN
TEM T
-DAILY STA EN
TEM T
OF RESERVE POSITION

M IN A CE PERIOD
A TEN N
OF 15-21

PRESTATEM
ENT

(M BER A D F R E M M E BANKS)
EM
N O MR E B R

PRESTATFMENT

FEDERAL RESERVE SANK OF DALLAS

MAIL to:

X--------------------------------- X

DATE: 11-11-80

X-------------X XX

ACCOUNT NO. XXXXXXXXX

x-------------------------------------------- x
XXXXX

PAGE

AVERAGE DAILY RESERVES REQUIRED

FROM 11-13-80

1

OF

3

THROUGH 11-19-80

COMPUTATIONS ARE CALCULATED FROM REPORT OF TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS FROM
COMPUTATION WEEK 10-30-80
THROUGH 11-05-80
REQUIREMENT _ (SEE PAGE 2 FOR SOURCE DETAIL RECAPITULATION)
TRANSACT TON ACCOUNTS
1,170,000.00
NOW ACCOUNTS
352.000.00
NONPERSONAL TIME DEPOSITS
153.000.00
SU3 TOTAL - BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
PLUS TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT

1,675,000.00
303,000.00

REQUIREMENT
LESS VAULT CASH

1,978,000.00
89 1,000.00­

RESERVES TO BE MAINTAINED*

1,087,000.00

♦THIS AMOUNT DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ANY ALL0WA8LE CARRYOVER FROM THE
PERIOO ENDING tt-12-86
ALLOWABLE CARRYOVER WILL BE SHOWN ON DAILY
STATEMENT OF RESERVE POSITION BEGINNING 11-13-80
PLEASE VERIFY COMPUTATIONS AT ONCE.
DEPARTMENT.

IN CASE OF ERROR, CONTACT ACCOUNTING

SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION ACCOUNT AND VAULT CASH DATA
FOR 10-30-80
THRU 11-05-80

PAGE 2 OF 3
MEMBER ANO FORMER MEMBER BANKS
SUMMARY OF REQUIRED RESERVES
(COMPUTED UNDER NEW RESERVE STRUCTURE)
CATEGORY
NET TRANSACTION
ACCTS. (TO $25M)
(OVER $25M)
NOW ACCOUNTS
(TO $2 5M )
(OVER $?5M)
NON PERSONAL TIME
DEPOSITS
VAULT CASH

AVERAGE DEPOSIT

RESERVE %

RES. REQUIREMENT

1 2 .0 0

398,000.00
772,000.00

11,728,000.00

3.00

352,000.00

0 .0 0

1 2 .0 0

0 .0 0

5,088,000.00
891,000.00

3.00

153,000.00

13,272,000.00
6,435,000.00

3.00

NEW REQUIREMENT (BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT)

1,675,000.00

SUMMARY OF REQUIRED RESERVES
(COMPUTED UNDER OLD RES6RVE STRUCTURE)
NET DEMAND
0 -2
2—
10
1 0 -1 0 0

100-400
OVER 400
OTHER SAV.
TOTAL TIME DEPOSITS
VAULT CASH
OLD REQUIREMENT

3,630,000.00

7.00
9.50
11.75

0 .0 0
0 .0 0

0 .0 0
0 .0 0

2 ,000,000.00
8 ,000,000.00

8,789,000.00
4,336,000.00
891,000.00

3.00
3.13

140,000.00
760,000.00
427,000.00
0 .0 0
0 .0 0

264,000.00
136,000.00
1,727,000.00

PAGE 3 OF 3

SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESERVE REQUIREMENT COMPUTATION

RESERVE? REQUIREMENT (NEW RESERVE STRUCTURE)
RESERVE REQUIREMENT (OLD RESERVE STRUCTURE)
RESERVE REQUIREMENT SUBJECT
TO TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT PERCENT
TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT

1,675,000.00
1,727,000.00
404,000.00
75.00
303,000.00

PLUS CURRENT REQUIREMENT

1,675,000.00

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT

1,978,000.00

(N N E B DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS)
O M M ER

PRESTATEMENT

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF DALLAS

MAIL TO:

DATE: 11-01-80

X--X--X--------

--- X XX

ACCOUNT NO. XXXXXXXXX

xxxxx

PAGE

AVERAGE DAILY RESERVES REQUIRED

FROM 11-13-80

THROUGH

1

OF

2

11-19-80

COMPUTATIONS ARE CALCULATED FROM REPORT OF TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS FROM
COMPUTATION MEEK 10-30-80
THROUGH 11-05-80
REQUIREMENT _ (SEE PAGE 2 FOR SOURCE DETAIL RECAPITULATION)
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
1,154,000.00
NOW ACCOUNTS
368,000.00
NONPERSONAL TIME DEPOSITS
153,000.00
SUB TOTAL - BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
PLUS TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
REQUIREMENT
LESS VAULT CASH

1.675.000.00
1.144.000.CO531.000.00
891.000.00­

RESERVES TO BE MAINTAINED*

0 .0 0

♦THIS AMOUNT DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ANY ALLOWABLE CARRYOVER FROM THE
PERIOD ENDING 11-12-80
ALLOWABLE CARRYOVER WILL BE SHOWN ON DAILY
STATEMENT OF RESERVE POSITION BEGINNING 11-13-80
PLEASE VERIFY COMPUTATIONS AT ONCE.
DEPARTMENT.

IN CASE OF ERROR, CONTACT ACCOUNTING

SUMMARY

of

transaction

account

FOR 10-30-80

and

vault

cash data

THRU 11-05-80
PAGE 2 OF 2

NONMEMBER DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS
SUMMARY OF REQUIRED RESERVES
CATEGORY

AVERAGE DEPOSIT

NET TRANSACTION
ACCTS. (TO $?5M)
(OVER $25M>
NOW ACCOUNTS
(TO t25M>
(OVER $25M>
NON PERSONAL TIME
DEPOSITS
REQUIRED CLEARING
VAULT CASH

RES.

RESERVE f

REQU I R E ME N T

1 2 .0 0

3.00

382.000.00
772.000.00

12.255.000.00

3.00

368.000.00

0 .0 0

1 2 .0 0

0 .0 0

5,088,000.00

3.00

153.000.00

12.745.000.00
6,435,000.00

891,000.00
1,675,000.00

REQUIREMENT (BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT)

SUMMARY OF RESERVE REQUIREMENT COMPUTATION

RESERVE REQUIREMENT (BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT SUBJECT
TO TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT PERCENT
TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT
PLUS REQUIREMENT (BEFORE
TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT)
TOTAL RESFRVE REQUIREMENT

1,675,000.00

1,307,000.00
87.501,144,000.001,675,000.00
531,000.00

(SAVINGS A D L A INSTITUTIONS)
N ON

PRESTATEMENT

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF DALLAS

MAIL TO:

DATE: 11-01-80

X--------------------------------- X
X---------------------------- X
X-------------X XX XXXXX

ACCOUNT NO. XXXXXXXXX
PAGE

AVERAGE DAILY RESERVES

REQUIRED FROM 11-13-80

1

OF

2

THROUGH 11-19-80

COMPUTATIONS ARE CALCULATED FROM REPORT OF TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS FROM
COMPUTATION WEEK 10-30-80
THROUGH 11-05-80
REQUIREMENT _ (SEE PAGE 2 FOR SOURCE DETAIL RECAPITULATION)
TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS
168,000.00
NOW ACCOUNTS
339.000.00
NONPERSONAL TIME DEPOSITS
153.000.00
SUB TOTAL - BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
MINUS TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT

660,000.00
28!,000.DO-

REQUIREMENT
LESS VAULT CASH

379.000.00
891.000.00­

RESERVES TO BE MAINTAINED*

0 .0 0

♦THIS AMOUNT DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ANY ALLOWABLE CARRYOVER FROM THE
PERIOD ENDING 11-12-80
ALLOWABLE CARRYOVER WILL BE SHOWN ON DAILY
STATEMENT OF RESERVE POSITION BEGINNING 11-13-80
PLEASE VFRIFY COMPUTATIONS AT ONCE.
department.

IN CASE OF ERROR, CONTACT ACCOUNTING

summary

of t r a n s a c t i o n

account

FOR 10-30-80

and v a u l t

c a s h da t a

THRU 11-05-80
PAGE 2 OF 2

SAVINGS AND LOAN

INSTITUTIONS

SUMMARY OF REQUIRED RESERVES
CATEGORY

AVERAGE DEPOSIT

NET TRANSACTION
ACCTS. (TO $25M)
(OVER $25M)
NOW ACCOUNT S
(TO J.25M)
(OVER $25M)
NON PERSONAL TIME
DEPOSITS
REQUIRED CLEARING
VAULT CASH

RESERVE *

RES. REQUIREMENT

5,605,000.00

3.00

168,000.00

0 .0 0

1 2 .0 0

0 .0 0

11,307,000.00

3.00

0 .0 0

12 . 0 0

339.000.00
0 . 00

5,088,000.00

3.00

153.000.00

891,000.00
660,000.00

REQUIREMENT (BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT)

SUMMARY OF RESERVE REQUIREMENT COMPUTATION

RESERVE REQUIREMENT (BEFORE TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT)

RESERVE REQUIREMENT SUBJECT
TO TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT PERCENT
TRANSITIQNAL ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT

660,000.00

321,000.00
87.50281,000.00-

PLUS REQUIREMENT (BEFORE
TRANSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT)

660,000.00

TOTAL RESERVE REQUIREMENT

379,000.00

(CREDIT UNIONS)

PRESTATEMENT
MAIL

TO:

FEDERAL

X-------------------

DATE:

x ----------------XXXXX

RESERVES

REQUIRED

C O M P U T A T I O N S ARE C A L C U L A T E D
C O M P U T A T I O N WEEK 1 0 - 3 0 - 8 0
(SEE

PAGE

2

FROM

11-13 -90

FOR SOURCE

REQUIREMENT
L E S S V A U L T C A SH
TO

BE

THRO UG H

FROM REPORT OF T R A N S A C T I O N
THRO UG H 1 1 - 0 5 - 8 0
D E T A IL

T R A N S A C T I O N ACCOUNTS
SHARE D R A F T S
NONPERSONAL T IM E D E P O S I T S
SUB T O T A L - B EF ORE T R A N S I T I O N A L
M IN U S T R A N S IT I O N A L ADJUSTMENT

RESERVES

OF D A L L A S

11 -01-80

ACCOUNT
PAGE

RE QUIREMENT _

BANK

-X
----------- X XX

AVE RAGE D A I L Y

R E S E R VE

1

NO.

XXXXXXXXX

OF

2

11-19 -80
ACCO UNT S

FROM

R EC APITU LA TIO N)

2 ,9 3 3 *0 0 0 .0 0
0 .0 0
1 5 3 ,0 0 0 .0 0
ADJUSTMENT

3 .0 8 6 .0 0 0 .0 0
2 .7 0 0 .0 0 0 .0 0 ­
3 8 6 ,0 0 0 .0 0
8 9 1 ,0 0 0 .0 0 ­

M A IN TA IN ED *

0 .0 0

♦ T H I S AMOUNT DOES NOT TAKE I N T O ACCOUNT ANY AL LOW AB L E CA RR YO VE R FROM THE
P E RIO D ENDING 1 1 - 1 2 - 8 0 .
ALLOWABLE C A RR Y O V E R W I L L BE SHOWN ON D A I L Y
S T A T E M E N T OF R E S E R V E P O S I T I O N B E G I N N I N G 1 1 - 1 3 - 8 0 .

PLEASE VERIFY COMPUTATIONS AT ONCE.
DEPARTMENT.

IN CASE OF ERROR, CONTACT ACCOUNTING

SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION ACCOUNT AND VAULT CASH DATA
FOR 10-30-80 THRU 11-05-80
PAGE 2 OF 2
CREDIT

SUMMARY OF

REQUIRED

RESERVE*

CATEGORY

A VER AG E

NET T R A N S A C T I O N
ACCTS. (TO $ 25M )
(OVER $ 2 5 M )
SHARE D R A F T S
(TO $25M»
(OVER $ 2 5 M )
NON P E RS O NA L T I M E
D EPOSITS
REQUIRED CLEARING
V A U L T CASH
REQ UIREM EN T

(BEFORE

REQUIREMENT

TOTAL

RESERVE

RES.

*

REQUIREMENT

1 2 .0 0

7 5 0 .0 0 0 .0 0
2 ,1 8 3 ,0 0 0 .0 0

3 .0 0

0 .0 0

3 .0 0

0 .0 0

0 .0 0

1 2 .0 0

0 .0 0

5 ,0 8 8 ,0 0 0 .0 0

3 .0 0

1 5 3 .0 0 0 .0 0

8 9 1 ,0 0 0 .0 0
T R A N S IT IO N A L

(BEFORE

RESERVE REQ UIREM ENT
T R A N S I T I O N A L ADJUSTMENT
T R A N S I T I O N A L ADJUSTMENT
PLUS CUKRENT

RESERVE

DEPOSIT

2 5 .0 0 0 .0 0 0 .0 0
1 8 .1 9 4 .0 0 0 .0 0

SUMMARY OF C U R RE N T

RESERVE

UNIONS

REQUIREMENT
REQUIREMENT

R ES E R V E

T R A N S ITIO N A L

PERCENT
AMOUNT

3 ,0 8 6 ,0 0 0 .0 0

ADJUSTMENT)

REQUIREMENT COMPUTATION

ADJUSTMENT)

3 ,0 8 6 ,0 0 0 .0 0

3 ,0 8 6 ,0 0 0 .0 0
8 7 .5 0
2 ,7 0 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0 1 ,7 5 9 ,0 0 0 .0 0
3 8 6 ,0 0 0 .0 0

PRESTA EN M A
TEM T-SU M RY
OF C M IN LED A CO N
OM G
C U TS

PRF STATE WENT - SUMMARY OF COMM1NGLFD ACCOUNTS

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF DALLAS

M AIL

DATE:

TO:

X------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- X
X ----------------------------------------------------------- X
X ----------------------------- X XX
(CORRESPON DENT)

ACCOUNT N O .
PAGE

average

d a il y

reserves

REQ UIRED

FROM

XX-XX-XX

THROUGH

R E S E R V E R E Q U I R E M E N T AND V A U L T CASH ARE C A L C U L A T E D
ACCOUNTS FROM C O M P U T A T I O N WEEK X X - X X - X X THROUGH
R E S P ON D EN T

NAME/
RESERVE

REQUIREMENT

XX-XX-XX
XXXXXXXXX

1

XX-XX-XX

FROM REPORT
XX-XX-XX

C IT Y /
VAULT CASH

OF

TRANSACTION

STATE/
Z IP CODE/
REQUIRED RESERVES
T O BE M A I N T A I N E D
( N E T OF V A U L T C A S H )

XXXXXXXXX

X--------------------------------------------------------------------------------X
1 .2 5 0 .0 0 0 .0 0

X----------------------------------- X XX
6 5 0 .0 0

X XX XX
1 ,2 4 9 ,3 5 0 .0 0

XXXXXXXXX

X --------------------------------------------------------------------------------X
1 .0 5 5 .0 0 0 .0 0

X----------------------------------- X XX
2 0 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0

XXXXX
6 5 5 ,0 0 0 .0 0

XXXXXXXXX

X--------------------------------------------------------------------------------X
X----------------------------------- X XX
1 ,9 2 0 ,6 6 1 .0 0
1 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0

XXXXX
9 2 0 ,6 6 1 .0 0

XXXXXXXXX

X --------------------------------------------------------------------------------X
2 .0 0 0 .0 0 0 .0 0

TOTAL REQUIRED
R E S E R V E S FDR
RESPONDENTS

X----------------------------------- X XX
8 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0

X X XX X
1 ,9 2 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0

4
6 , 2 2 5 , 6 6 1 . CC'

1 ,2 8 0 ,6 5 0 .0 0

4 ,9 4 5 ,0 1 1 .0 0

CORR E SP ON D EN T
REQUIRED
RESERVES

1 2 ,2 5 3 ,8 1 2 .0 0

2 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0

1 0 ,2 5 3 ,*1 2 .0 0

REQUIRED
RESFRVES
TO BE
M A IN T A IN E D

1 8 ,4 7 9 ,4 7 3 .0 0

3 ,2 8 0 ,6 5 0 .0 0

1 5 ,1 9 8 ,8 2 3 .0 0

NOTE:

R E Q U I R E D R E S E R V E D TO 3 E
ANY ALLOWABLE C ARRYO VER

NOTE:

T H IS

IS

A COMMINGLED

M A I N T A I N E D DOES
FROM T H E P E R I O D

ACCOUNT

IN CLUD IN G

NOT T AKE I N T O ACCOUNT
END IN G X X - X X - X X .
4

RESPONDENTS.

RESERVE A C U T
CON
STA EN
TEM T

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK
RESERVE ACCOUNT STATEMENT
DATE 1 1 / 1 4 / 8 0
ACCOUNT N O .

MAIL TO*

PAGE
PREVIOUS

BALANCE

FROM

1 1 /1 3 /8 0

------------- t ---------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- >..

FRB f
CODE I

_

DESC RIPTIO N/REFEREN CE
IN FO R M A TIO N

I ______

1

4 2 5 *0 0 0 .0 0
I
|

--------------- ♦ ­

I
AMOUNT

1

I

P R IC IN G
I
I I D . I BA TC H I I N O . | NO. |C O D E |V O LUM E I

I
PRICE I

♦

006

CASH

LETTER

ADJ
CREDITS

CR ED ITC SI

TOTAL

6 5 .9 0
6 5 .9 0
D E B IT S

D E B IT (S )

064

TRANSFER

0001

187

2 .0 0 0 .0 0 -

T O T AL

0001

074

2 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 -

OF F U N D S
CREDITS

TOTAL

GRAND
GRAND

1 6 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0
1 6 0 ,0 0 0 .0 0

C R E D IT (S )

TOTAL D E B I T S
TOTAL C R E D IT S
C L O S I N G BALANCE

1
2

2 ,0 0 0 .0 0 ­

1 6 0 ,0 6 5 .9 0
5 8 3 ,0 6 5 .9 0

4810 020

0343

.7 0

STA EN O RESERVE
TEM T F
POSITION

(VAULT CASH LESS THAN
RESERVE REQUIREMENT)
FEDERAL
ACCOt INT

NAME

(M A IL

TO)

STATEMENT

RESERVE

BANK OF D A L L A S
ACCOUNT N O .
lllO -O O O O -C

MAINTENANCE
CO MPUTATION
OF R E S E R V E P O S I T I O N
WEEKL Y GROSS

TOTAL RE Q UIRE D RESERVES
1 3 *8 4 6 ,0 0 0 .0 0
L E S S V A U L T CASH
6 ,2 3 7 *0 0 0 .0 0
NET R E Q U I R E D RE S E R V E S
7 ,6 0 9 ,0 0 0 .0 0
P R E L I M I N A R Y ( P R O J E C T E D ) CARRYOVER
FROM PR IQ*? P E R I O D ( E X C E S S - )
.00
NET A D J U S T E D R E Q U I R E D R E S E R V E S
TO BE M A I N T A I N E D
7 ,6 0 9 ,0 0 0 .0 0
R E S E R V E S M A I N T A I N E D FOR 1 D A Y ( S ) OF P E R I O D
BEG INNING 1 1 / 1 3 / 8 0 *
5 8 3 ,0 6 6 .0 0
R E S E R V E S TO PE M A I N T A I N E D FOR R E M A I N I N G
6 DAY ( S )
7 ,0 2 5 ,9 3 4 .0 0
C U R RE N T B A L 4 N C E 1 1 / 1 3 / P O
5 8 3 ,0 6 6 .0 0
I N D I C A T E D D E F I C I E N C Y R E S E R V E S FOR THE
REM A IN IN G 6 DAY( S )
3 ,5 2 7 ,5 3 8 .0 0
♦ T H I S COMPUTATION IN C L U D E S NET A N A L Y S IS
A D J U S T M E N T S OF
.0 0
C U M U L A T I V E R E S E R V E S M A I N T A I N E D THROUGH 1 1 / 1 3 / B O
5 8 3 ,0 6 6 .0 0
RANGE OF C U M U L A T I V E R E S E R V E S TO BE
MINIMUM
M A I N T A I N E D TO F U L L Y U T I L I Z E
--------------------------CARRYOVER P R O V I S I O N
7 ,6 0 9 ,0 0 0 .0 0
C U M U L A T I V E R E S E R V E S TO BE M A I N T A I N E D
D U R I N G R E M A I N D E R OF R E S E R VE P E R I O D
7 ,0 2 5 ,9 3 4 .0 0

DATE
1 1 /1 4 /8 0
PERIOD
PERIOD

END IN G
ENDING
D A IL Y

11-1 9 -8 0
11 -05-80
AVERAGE

1 .9 7 8 .0 0 0 .0 0
8 9 1 ,0 0 0 .0 0
1 .0 8 7 .0 0 0 .0 0
.0 0

1 .0 8 7 .0 0 0 .0 0
5 8 3 .0 6 6 .0 0
1 .1 7 0 .9 8 9 .0 0

5 3 7 .9 2 3 .0 0
.0 0

MAXI MUM
7 , 8 8 5 , 920 . 00
7 .3 0 2 .8 5 4 .0 0

(VAULT CASH GREATER THAN
RESERVE REQUIREMENT)
FEDERAL

ACCOUNT NAME (MAIL TO)

R E S E R V E BANK O F D A L L A S
ACCOUNT NO.

1110- 0

STATEMENT

MAINTENANCE
COMPUTATION
OF R E S E R V E P O S I T I O N
W E E KL Y GROSS

TOTAL R E Q U IR E D RESERVES
L E S S V A U L T CA SH
NET R E Q U IR E D RESERVES
P R E L I M I N A R Y ( P R O J E C T E D ) CARRYOVER
FROM P R I O R P E R I O D ( E X C E S S - )
NET ADJUSTED R E Q U IR E D RESERVES
T O BE M A I N T A I N E D
R E S E R V E S M A I N T A I N E D FOR 1 D A Y ( S ) OF P E R I O D
B E G INNING 1 1 / 1 3 / 8 0 *
R E S E R V E S TO BE M A I N T A I N E D FOR R E M A I N I N G
6 DAY(S )
CURRENT BALANCE 1 1 / 1 3 / 8 0
5 8 3 ,0 6 6 .0 0
I N D I C A T E D E X C E S S R E S E R V E S FOR THE
REM A IN IN G 6 D A Y (S )
♦ T H I S COMPUTATION IN C L U D E S NET A N A L Y S IS
A D J U S T M E N T S OF
C U M U L A T I V E R E S E R V E S M A I N T A I N E D THROUGH 1 1 / 1 3 / 8
5 8 3 ,0 6 6 .0 0
RANGE OF C U M U L A T I V E R E S E R V E S T O BE
M A I N T A I N E D TO F U L L Y U T I L I Z E
CA RRYO VER P R O V I S I O N
C U M U L A T I V E R E S E R V E S TO BE M A I N T A I N E D
D U R I N G R E M A I N D E R OF R E S E R V E P E R I O D

DATE
1 1 /1 4 /8 0

0 0 0 - 0

PERIOD
PE RIOD

END IN G
ENDING
D A IL Y

11 -19 -80
11 -05 -80
AVERAGE

3 *7 1 7 ,0 0 0 .0 0
6 ,2 3 7 ,0 0 0 .0 0
.00

5 3 1 .0 0 0 .0 0
8 9 1 .0 0 0 .0 0

.00

.0 0

.0 0

.0 0

5 8 3 ,0 6 6 .0 0

5 8 3 .0 6 6 .0 0

.00

.0 0

.0 0

4 ,0 8 1 ,4 6 2 .0 0
.00

5 8 3 .0 6 6 .0 0
.0 0

0
MINIMUM
--------------------------.00

MAXI MUM

.00

.0 0

.0 0

PRELIMINARY/FINAL
STA EN O RESERVE
TEM T F
POSITION

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK
ACCOUNT NAME

(HAIL TO)
DATE
07/17/80

ACCOUNT N O .
1120-0006-6

P R E L IM IN A R Y STATEMENT F I N A L STATEMENT
ADJUSTED F I N A L
-

PERIOO
PERIOD
PERIOD

ENDING
ENDING
ENDING

0 7 /1 6 /8 0
0 7 /0 9 /8 0
0 7 /0 2 /8 0

P R E L IM IN A R Y /F IN A L STATEMENT
OF R E S E R V E P O S I T I O N
THE

FOLLOWING

ARE

AVER AG E

D A ILY

FIG UR ES

MAINTENANCE
07-10
T HRU 0 7 - 1 6
R E S E R V E S M A I N T A I N E D AT FRB
V A U L T CASH
NET A N A L Y S IS ADJUSTMENTS
ADJUSTED RESERVES
L E S S RESERVE REQUIREMENT
UNADJUSTED E X C E S S /D E F
A P P L I C A B L E CARRYOVER
FORM P R I O R P E R I O D
NET E X C ES S OR DEF ( - )
ALL OWAB LE CARRYOVER
TO NEXT PE R IO D

(-)

E X C ES S OR D E F ( - ) OVER 2 *
U N A P P L I E D CARRYOVER
T O T A L E X C ES S R ESER VE L O ST
D E F I C I E N C Y SUBJECT
TO PENALTY
P E N A L T Y AT X X ?

PERIODS
06-26
THRU 0 7 - 0 2

07-03
THRU 0 7 - 0 9

1 1 9 ,0 4 7 ,4 3 2
3 9 ,8 2 3 ,0 0 0
6 ,9 5 3 ,2 4 6
1 6 5 ,8 2 3 ,6 7 8
1 6 7 ,5 7 5 ,8 2 8

1 1 7 ,5 1 2 ,3 4 6
4 4 ,8 5 9 ,0 0 0
3 ,7 9 9 ,0 4 0 ­
1 5 8 ,5 7 2 ,3 0 6
1 6 6 ,9 2 6 ,4 6 3

1 2 2 ,8 3 7 ,1 6 3
4 2 ,4 6 6 ,0 0 0
6 ,7 5 3 ,2 1 3
1 7 2 ,0 5 6 ,3 7 6
1 6 5 ,7 3 2 ,3 7 0

8 ,3 5 4 ,1 5 7 ­

6 ,3 2 4 ,0 0 6

1 ,7 5 2 ,1 5 0 ­

3 ,3 1 4 ,6 4 7
5 ,0 3 9 ,5 1 0 ­

1 ,7 5 2 ,1 5 0 ­
4 ,5 7 1 ,8 5 6

1 ,7 5 2 ,1 5 0 ­

3 ,3 3 8 ,5 2 9 ­

3 ,3 1 4 ,6 4 7

1 ,7 5 2 ,1 5 0 ­

1 ,7 0 0 ,9 8 1 -

1 .2 5 7 .2 0 9

0
0
0

0
1 .2 5 7 .2 0 9

0

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A
BULLETIN 4

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF DALLAS

Supplement B
CU
RREN SCH U O CO PU TIO A D RELATED RESERVE M IN A CE PERIODS
T
ED LE F M TA N N
A TEN N
(Directly with FRB or on Pass-Through)
Reports of Transactions Accounts, Other Deposits and Vault Cash, Form 2900, (and related
reports, i f applicable) should be mailed not l a te r than Thursday of each week.
Listed below are the periods used for computing required reserves and the related periods
in which the required reserves must be maintained.
CO PU TIO PERIOD
M TA N
For Reporting Transaction
Accounts, Other Deposits
and Vault Cash
Begins
10/30/80
11/ 6/80
11/13/80
11/20/80
11/27/80
12/ 4/80
12/11/80
12/18/80
12/25/80
1/ 1/81
1/ 8/81
1/15/81
1/22/81
1/29/81
2/ 5/81
2/12/81
2/19/81
2/26/81
3/ 5/81
3/12/81
3/19/81
3/26/81
4/ 2/81
4/ 9/81
4/16/81
4/23/81
4/30/81
5/ 7/81
5/14/81
5/21/81
5/28/81
6/ 4/81
6/11/81

Ends
11/ 5/80
11/12/80
11/19/80
11/26/80
12/ 3/80
12/10/80
12/17/80
12/24/80
12/31/80
1/ 7/81
1/14/81
1/21/81
1/28/81
2/ 4/81
2/11/81
2/18/81
2/25/81
3/ 4/81
3/11/81
3/18/81
3/25/81
4/ 1/81
4/ 8/81
4/15/81
4/22/81
4/29/81
5/ 6/81
5/13/81
5/20/81
5/27/81
6/ 3/81
6/10/81
6/17/81

RELATED M IN A CE PERIOD
A TEN N
For Maintained Reserves

Begi ns
11/13/80
11/20/80
11/27/80
12/ 4/80
12/11/80
12/18/80
12/25/80
1/ 1/81
1/ 8/81
1/15/81
1/22/81
1/29/81
2/ 5/81
2/12/81
2/19/81
2/26/81
3/ 5/81
3/12/81
3/19/81
3/26/81
4/ 2/81
4/ 9/81
4/16/81
4/23/81
4/30/81
5/ 7/81
5/14/81
5/21/81
5/28/81
6/ 4/81
6/11/81
6/18/81
6/25/81

Ends
11/19/80
11/26/80
12/ 3/80
12/10/90
12/17/80
12/24/80
12/31/80
1/ 7/81
1/14/81
1/21/81
1/28/81
2/ 4/81
2/11/81
2/18/81
2/25/81
3/ 4/81
3/11/81
3/18/81
3/25/81
4/ 1/81
4/ 8/81
4/15/81
4/22/81
4/29/81
5/ 6/81
5/13/81
5/20/81
5/27/81
6/ 3/81
6/10/81
6/17/81
6/24/81
7/ 1/81

APPENDIX A (C O N T .)
BULLETIN 4

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF DALLAS

COMPUTATION PERIOD

RELATED MAINTENANCE PERIOD

For Reporting Transaction
Accounts, Other Deposits
and Vault Cash
Begins

Ends

6/18/81
6/25/81
7/ 2/81
7/ 9/81
7/16/81
7/23/81
7/30/81
8/ 6/81
8/13/81
8/20/81
8/27/81
9/ 3/81
9/10/81
9/17/81
9/24/81
10/ 1/81
10/ 8/81
10/15/81
10/22/81
10/29/81
11/ 5/81
11/12/81
11/19/81
11/26/81
12/ 3/81
12/10/81
12/17/81
12/24/81
12/31/81
1/ 7/82
1/14/82
1/21/82
1/28/82

6/24/81
7/ 1/81
7/ 8/81
7/15/81
7/22/81
7/29/81
8/ 5/81
8/12/81
8/19/81
8/26/81
9/ 2/81
9/ 9/81
9/16/81
9/23/81
9/30/81
10/ 7/81
10/14/81
10/21/81
10/28/81
11/ 4/81
11/11/81
11/18/81
11/25/81
12/ 2/81
12/ 9/81
12/16/81
12/23/81
12/30/81
1/ 6/82
1/13/82
1/20/82
1/27/82
2/ 3/82

For Maintained Reserves

Begins

Ends

7/
7/ 2/81 8/81
7/15/81
7/22/81
7/29/81
8/
7/30/81 5/81
8/ 8/12/81
6/81
8/19/81
8/13/81
8/26/81
8/20/81
9/
8/27/81 2/81
9/ 9/ 9/81
3/81
9/16/81
9/10/81
9/23/81
9/17/81
9/24/81
9/30/81
10/ 7/81
10/ 1/81
10/14/81
10/ 8/81
10/21/81
10/15/81
10/22/81
10/28/81
10/29/81
11/11/81
11/ 5/81
11/18/81
11/12/81
11/25/81
11/19/81
12/
11/26/812/81
12/ 12/ 9/81
3/81
12/16/81
12/10/81
12/23/81
12/17/81
12/30/81
12/24/81
1
12/31/81/ 6/82
1/ 1/13/82
7/82
1/20/82
1/14/82
1/27/82
1/21/82
2/
1/28/82 3/82
2/ 4/82
2/11/82
71 9/81
7/16/81
7/23/81

11/ 4/81

2/10/82
2/17/82

APPENDIX B

APPENDIX B

Deferred Accounts for Transactions
Affecting Reserve Accounts
Each depository in stitu tio n will benefit from the establishment
of accounts to record the deferred transactions associated with currency
and coin shipments to and from Reserve Banks and correspondents, and i t s
cash l e t t e r deposits.
will

Proper planning, assisted by deferred accounts,

help avoid both unusable excesses

in maintained reserves

and

deficiencies in required reserves subject to penalty.
Depository in stitu tio n s may count as vault cash:

(a) all

currency shipments to a Reserve Bank, or correspondent bank for which i t s
accounts at the l a t t e r in stitu tio n s have not been credited (this Bank will
not credit an i n s t i t u t i o n 's account until the day of receipt) and (b) all
currency shipments from a Reserve Bank or correspondent for which i t s
accounts at these in stitu tio n s have been charged.

Establishing deferred

transaction accounts to record correctly the timing of the entries to i t s
reserve account or account with a correspondent bank will ensure that a
depository i n s t i t u t i o n 's

vault cash is not understated.

This will

d irectly affect the level of reserve balances that must be maintained two
weeks la te r.
Similarly,

in order to anticipate the entries in a reserve

account maintained d irectly with a Reserve Bank, each depository i n s t i ­
tution should maintain deferred accounts to record the dates on which
deferred av a ila b ility cash le tt e r s should be credited to i t s reserve
account. A separate accounting statement showing cash l e t t e r a v a ila b ility
contains

information regarding deferred accounting entries

for cash

letters.

Not only will th is information aid in the reconciliation of the

APPENDIX B ( C O N T .)

entries

to the reserve

account,

it

will

also

a s s is t

a depository

in stitu tio n in planning what reserve balance adjustments must be made
during the remainder of a reserve maintenance period to s a tis fy i t s reserve
requirement.

APPENDIX C

APPENDIX C

List of persons to contact regarding reserve computation and
reserve maintenance.
D LLA
A S
Allan Y. Neale, Manager
Evelyn E. Thomas, Supervisor,
Reserve Maintenance Section
EL PA
SO
William L. Wilson, Manager
Javier Jimenez, Assistant Manager
HU N
O STO
John Rodney Franklin, Manager
Shirley Hancock, Supervisor,
Reserve Maintenance Section
SA ANTONIO
N
Rene Gonzales, Manager
Pat Schultz, Supervisor, Reserve
Maintenance Section


Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, One Federal Reserve Bank Plaza, St. Louis, MO 63102